|
|
|
|
/****************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
|
** Implementation of X11 startup routines and event handling
|
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
|
** Created : 931029
|
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
|
** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA. All rights reserved.
|
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
|
** This file is part of the kernel module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
|
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
|
** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
|
|
|
|
|
** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
|
|
|
|
|
** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
|
|
|
|
|
** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
|
|
|
|
|
** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
|
|
|
|
|
** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
|
|
|
|
|
** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
|
|
|
|
|
** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
|
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
|
** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
|
|
|
|
|
** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
|
|
|
|
|
** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
|
|
|
|
|
** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
|
|
|
|
|
** review the following information:
|
|
|
|
|
** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
|
|
|
|
|
** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
|
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
|
** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
|
|
|
|
|
** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
|
|
|
|
|
** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt
|
|
|
|
|
** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
|
|
|
|
|
** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
|
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
|
** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
|
|
|
|
|
** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
|
|
|
|
|
** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
|
|
|
|
|
** herein.
|
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
|
**********************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ### 4.0: examine TQ_EXPORT's below. The respective symbols had all
|
|
|
|
|
// been in use (e.g. in the KDE wm ) before the introduction of a version
|
|
|
|
|
// map. One might want to turn some of them into propert public API and
|
|
|
|
|
// provide a proper alternative for others. See also the exports in
|
|
|
|
|
// qapplication_win.cpp which suggest a unification.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include "qplatformdefs.h"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// POSIX Large File Support redefines open -> open64
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(open)
|
|
|
|
|
# undef open
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Solaris redefines connect -> __xnet_connect with _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED.
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(connect)
|
|
|
|
|
# undef connect
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// POSIX Large File Support redefines truncate -> truncate64
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(truncate)
|
|
|
|
|
# undef truncate
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqapplication.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "qapplication_p.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "qcolor_p.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqcursor.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqwidget.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "qwidget_p.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqobjectlist.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqwidgetlist.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqwidgetintdict.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqbitarray.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqpainter.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqpixmapcache.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqdatetime.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqtextcodec.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqdatastream.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqbuffer.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqsocketnotifier.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqsessionmanager.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqvaluelist.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqdict.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqguardedptr.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqclipboard.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqwhatsthis.h" // ######## dependency
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqsettings.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqstylefactory.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqfileinfo.h"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Input method stuff - UNFINISHED
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_IM
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqinputcontext.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // TQT_NO_IM
|
|
|
|
|
#include "qinternal_p.h" // shared double buffer cleanup
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT)
|
|
|
|
|
# include "ntqthread.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(QT_DEBUG) && defined(Q_OS_LINUX)
|
|
|
|
|
# include "ntqfile.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include "qt_x11_p.h"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if !defined(TQT_NO_XFTFREETYPE)
|
|
|
|
|
// XFree86 4.0.3 implementation is missing XftInitFtLibrary forward
|
|
|
|
|
extern "C" Bool XftInitFtLibrary(void);
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <string.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <ctype.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <locale.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <cstdlib>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//#define X_NOT_BROKEN
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef X_NOT_BROKEN
|
|
|
|
|
// Some X libraries are built with setlocale #defined to _Xsetlocale,
|
|
|
|
|
// even though library users are then built WITHOUT such a definition.
|
|
|
|
|
// This creates a problem - TQt might setlocale() one value, but then
|
|
|
|
|
// X looks and doesn't see the value TQt set. The solution here is to
|
|
|
|
|
// implement _Xsetlocale just in case X calls it - redirecting it to
|
|
|
|
|
// the real libC version.
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
# ifndef setlocale
|
|
|
|
|
extern "C" char *_Xsetlocale(int category, const char *locale);
|
|
|
|
|
char *_Xsetlocale(int category, const char *locale)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
//tqDebug("_Xsetlocale(%d,%s),category,locale");
|
|
|
|
|
return setlocale(category,locale);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
# endif // setlocale
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // X_NOT_BROKEN
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// resolve the conflict between X11's FocusIn and TQEvent::FocusIn
|
|
|
|
|
const int XFocusOut = FocusOut;
|
|
|
|
|
const int XFocusIn = FocusIn;
|
|
|
|
|
#undef FocusOut
|
|
|
|
|
#undef FocusIn
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const int XKeyPress = KeyPress;
|
|
|
|
|
const int XKeyRelease = KeyRelease;
|
|
|
|
|
#undef KeyPress
|
|
|
|
|
#undef KeyRelease
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Fix old X libraries
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef XK_KP_Home
|
|
|
|
|
#define XK_KP_Home 0xFF95
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef XK_KP_Left
|
|
|
|
|
#define XK_KP_Left 0xFF96
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef XK_KP_Up
|
|
|
|
|
#define XK_KP_Up 0xFF97
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef XK_KP_Right
|
|
|
|
|
#define XK_KP_Right 0xFF98
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef XK_KP_Down
|
|
|
|
|
#define XK_KP_Down 0xFF99
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef XK_KP_Prior
|
|
|
|
|
#define XK_KP_Prior 0xFF9A
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef XK_KP_Next
|
|
|
|
|
#define XK_KP_Next 0xFF9B
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef XK_KP_End
|
|
|
|
|
#define XK_KP_End 0xFF9C
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef XK_KP_Insert
|
|
|
|
|
#define XK_KP_Insert 0xFF9E
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef XK_KP_Delete
|
|
|
|
|
#define XK_KP_Delete 0xFF9F
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|
Internal variables and functions
|
|
|
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
static const char *appName; // application name
|
|
|
|
|
static const char *appClass; // application class
|
|
|
|
|
static const char *appFont = 0; // application font
|
|
|
|
|
static const char *appBGCol = 0; // application bg color
|
|
|
|
|
static const char *appFGCol = 0; // application fg color
|
|
|
|
|
static const char *appBTNCol = 0; // application btn color
|
|
|
|
|
static const char *mwGeometry = 0; // main widget geometry
|
|
|
|
|
static const char *mwTitle = 0; // main widget title
|
|
|
|
|
//Ming-Che 10/10
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_EXPORT char *qt_ximServer = 0; // XIM Server will connect to
|
|
|
|
|
static bool mwIconic = FALSE; // main widget iconified
|
|
|
|
|
//Ming-Che 10/10
|
|
|
|
|
static Display *appDpy = 0; // X11 application display
|
|
|
|
|
static char *appDpyName = 0; // X11 display name
|
|
|
|
|
static bool appForeignDpy = FALSE; // we didn't create display
|
|
|
|
|
static bool appSync = FALSE; // X11 synchronization
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(QT_DEBUG)
|
|
|
|
|
static bool appNoGrab = FALSE; // X11 grabbing enabled
|
|
|
|
|
static bool appDoGrab = FALSE; // X11 grabbing override (gdb)
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
static int appScreen; // X11 screen number
|
|
|
|
|
static int appScreenCount; // X11 screen count
|
|
|
|
|
static bool app_save_rootinfo = FALSE; // save root info
|
|
|
|
|
static bool app_do_modal = FALSE; // modal mode
|
|
|
|
|
static Window curWin = 0; // current window
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static GC* app_gc_ro = 0; // read-only GC
|
|
|
|
|
static GC* app_gc_tmp = 0; // temporary GC
|
|
|
|
|
static GC* app_gc_ro_m = 0; // read-only GC (monochrome)
|
|
|
|
|
static GC* app_gc_tmp_m = 0; // temporary GC (monochrome)
|
|
|
|
|
// symbols needed by extern TQXEmbed class
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_EXPORT Atom tqt_wm_protocols = 0; // window manager protocols
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_EXPORT Atom tqt_wm_delete_window = 0; // delete window protocol
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_EXPORT Atom tqt_wm_take_focus = 0; // take focus window protocol
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_qt_scrolldone = 0; // scroll synchronization
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_context_help = 0; // context help
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_ping = 0; // _NET_WM_PING protocol
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static Atom qt_xsetroot_id = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_xa_clipboard = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_selection_property = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom tqt_clipboard_sentinel = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_selection_sentinel = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_EXPORT Atom tqt_wm_state = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_wm_change_state = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
static Atom qt_settings_timestamp = 0; // TQt >=3 settings timestamp
|
|
|
|
|
static Atom qt_input_encoding = 0; // TQt desktop properties
|
|
|
|
|
static Atom qt_resource_manager = 0; // X11 Resource manager
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_sizegrip = 0; // sizegrip
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_wm_client_leader = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_EXPORT Atom tqt_window_role = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_EXPORT Atom tqt_sm_client_id = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_xa_motif_wm_hints = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_cde_running = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_twin_running = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_kwm_running = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_gbackground_properties = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_x_incr = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_utf8_string = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// detect broken window managers
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_sgi_desks_manager = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
bool qt_broken_wm = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
static void qt_detect_broken_window_manager();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// NET WM support
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_supported = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_name = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_icon_name = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_virtual_roots = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_workarea = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_state = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_state_modal = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_state_max_v = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_state_max_h = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_state_fullscreen = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_state_above = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_action = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_action_move = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_action_resize = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_action_minimize = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_action_shade = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_action_stick = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_action_max_h = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_action_max_v = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_action_fullscreen = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_action_change_desktop = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_action_close = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_action_above = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_action_below = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_window_type = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_window_type_normal = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_window_type_dialog = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_window_type_toolbar = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_window_type_menu = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_window_type_utility = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_window_type_splash = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_window_type_override = 0; // KDE extension
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_window_type_dropdown_menu = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_window_type_popup_menu = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_window_type_tooltip = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_window_type_combo = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_window_type_dnd = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_frame_strut = 0; // KDE extension
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_state_stays_on_top = 0; // KDE extension
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_pid = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_user_time = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_full_placement = 0; // KDE extension
|
|
|
|
|
// Enlightenment support
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_enlightenment_desktop = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// window managers list of supported "stuff"
|
|
|
|
|
Atom *qt_net_supported_list = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
// list of virtual root windows
|
|
|
|
|
Window *qt_net_virtual_root_list = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// X11 SYNC support
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_XSYNC
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_sync_request_counter = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom qt_net_wm_sync_request = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// client leader window
|
|
|
|
|
Window qt_x11_wm_client_leader = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// function to update the workarea of the screen - in qdesktopwidget_x11.cpp
|
|
|
|
|
extern void qt_desktopwidget_update_workarea();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// current focus model
|
|
|
|
|
static const int FocusModel_Unknown = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
static const int FocusModel_Other = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
static const int FocusModel_PointerRoot = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
static int qt_focus_model = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_XRANDR
|
|
|
|
|
// TRUE if TQt is compiled w/ XRandR support and XRandR exists on the connected
|
|
|
|
|
// Display
|
|
|
|
|
bool qt_use_xrandr = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
static int xrandr_eventbase;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// TRUE if TQt is compiled w/ XRender support and XRender exists on the connected
|
|
|
|
|
// Display
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_EXPORT bool tqt_use_xrender = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_XSYNC
|
|
|
|
|
// True if SYNC extension exists on the connected display
|
|
|
|
|
bool qt_use_xsync = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
static int xsync_eventbase;
|
|
|
|
|
static int xsync_errorbase;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// modifier masks for alt/meta - detected when the application starts
|
|
|
|
|
static long qt_alt_mask = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
static long qt_meta_mask = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
// modifier mask to remove mode switch from modifiers that have alt/meta set
|
|
|
|
|
// this problem manifests itself on HP/UX 10.20 at least, and without it
|
|
|
|
|
// modifiers do not work at all...
|
|
|
|
|
static long qt_mode_switch_remove_mask = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// flags for extensions for special Languages, currently only for RTL languages
|
|
|
|
|
static bool qt_use_rtl_extensions = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_EXPORT bool tqt_hebrew_keyboard_hack = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static Window mouseActWindow = 0; // window where mouse is
|
|
|
|
|
static int mouseButtonPressed = 0; // last mouse button pressed
|
|
|
|
|
static int mouseButtonState = 0; // mouse button state
|
|
|
|
|
static Time mouseButtonPressTime = 0; // when was a button pressed
|
|
|
|
|
static short mouseXPos, mouseYPos; // mouse pres position in act window
|
|
|
|
|
static short mouseGlobalXPos, mouseGlobalYPos; // global mouse press position
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
extern TQWidgetList *tqt_modal_stack; // stack of modal widgets
|
|
|
|
|
static bool ignoreNextMouseReleaseEvent = FALSE; // ignore the next mouse release
|
|
|
|
|
// event if return from a modal
|
|
|
|
|
// widget
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static TQWidget *popupButtonFocus = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
static TQWidget *popupOfPopupButtonFocus = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
static bool popupCloseDownMode = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
static bool popupGrabOk;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static bool sm_blockUserInput = FALSE; // session management
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int qt_xfocusout_grab_counter = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined (QT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
|
|
|
|
|
// since XInput event classes aren't created until we actually open an XInput
|
|
|
|
|
// device, here is a static list that we will use later on...
|
|
|
|
|
const int INVALID_EVENT = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
const int TOTAL_XINPUT_EVENTS = 7;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XDevice *devStylus = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
XDevice *devEraser = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
XEventClass event_list_stylus[TOTAL_XINPUT_EVENTS];
|
|
|
|
|
XEventClass event_list_eraser[TOTAL_XINPUT_EVENTS];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int qt_curr_events_stylus = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int qt_curr_events_eraser = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// well, luckily we only need to do this once.
|
|
|
|
|
static int xinput_motion = INVALID_EVENT;
|
|
|
|
|
static int xinput_key_press = INVALID_EVENT;
|
|
|
|
|
static int xinput_key_release = INVALID_EVENT;
|
|
|
|
|
static int xinput_button_press = INVALID_EVENT;
|
|
|
|
|
static int xinput_button_release = INVALID_EVENT;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// making this assumption on XFree86, since we can only use 1 device,
|
|
|
|
|
// the pressure for the eraser and the stylus should be the same, if they aren't
|
|
|
|
|
// well, they certainly have a strange pen then...
|
|
|
|
|
static int max_pressure;
|
|
|
|
|
extern bool chokeMouse;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// last timestamp read from TQSettings
|
|
|
|
|
static uint appliedstamp = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
typedef int (*QX11EventFilter) (XEvent*);
|
|
|
|
|
QX11EventFilter tqt_set_x11_event_filter(QX11EventFilter filter);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static QX11EventFilter qt_x11_event_filter = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_EXPORT QX11EventFilter tqt_set_x11_event_filter(QX11EventFilter filter)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QX11EventFilter old_filter = qt_x11_event_filter;
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_event_filter = filter;
|
|
|
|
|
return old_filter;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
static bool qt_x11EventFilter( XEvent* ev )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_x11_event_filter && qt_x11_event_filter( ev ) )
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
return tqApp->x11EventFilter( ev );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if !defined(TQT_NO_XIM)
|
|
|
|
|
//XIM qt_xim = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_EXPORT XIMStyle qt_xim_style = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_EXPORT XIMStyle qt_xim_preferred_style = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
static XIMStyle xim_default_style = XIMPreeditCallbacks | XIMStatusNothing;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_EXPORT int qt_ximComposingKeycode=0;
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_EXPORT TQTextCodec * qt_input_mapper = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_EXPORT Time tqt_x_time = CurrentTime;
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_EXPORT Time tqt_x_user_time = CurrentTime;
|
|
|
|
|
extern bool qt_check_clipboard_sentinel(); //def in qclipboard_x11.cpp
|
|
|
|
|
extern bool qt_check_selection_sentinel(); //def in qclipboard_x11.cpp
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void qt_save_rootinfo();
|
|
|
|
|
bool tqt_try_modal( TQWidget *, XEvent * );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int qt_ncols_option = 216; // used in qcolor_x11.cpp
|
|
|
|
|
int qt_visual_option = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
bool qt_cmap_option = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *qt_button_down = 0; // widget got last button-down
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
extern bool tqt_tryAccelEvent( TQWidget*, TQKeyEvent* ); // def in qaccel.cpp
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct TQScrollInProgress {
|
|
|
|
|
static long serial;
|
|
|
|
|
TQScrollInProgress( TQWidget* w, int x, int y ) :
|
|
|
|
|
id( serial++ ), scrolled_widget( w ), dx( x ), dy( y ) {}
|
|
|
|
|
long id;
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget* scrolled_widget;
|
|
|
|
|
int dx, dy;
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
long TQScrollInProgress::serial=0;
|
|
|
|
|
static TQPtrList<TQScrollInProgress> *sip_list = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// stuff in qt_xdnd.cpp
|
|
|
|
|
// setup
|
|
|
|
|
extern void qt_xdnd_setup();
|
|
|
|
|
// x event handling
|
|
|
|
|
extern void qt_handle_xdnd_enter( TQWidget *, const XEvent *, bool );
|
|
|
|
|
extern void qt_handle_xdnd_position( TQWidget *, const XEvent *, bool );
|
|
|
|
|
extern void qt_handle_xdnd_status( TQWidget *, const XEvent *, bool );
|
|
|
|
|
extern void qt_handle_xdnd_leave( TQWidget *, const XEvent *, bool );
|
|
|
|
|
extern void qt_handle_xdnd_drop( TQWidget *, const XEvent *, bool );
|
|
|
|
|
extern void qt_handle_xdnd_finished( TQWidget *, const XEvent *, bool );
|
|
|
|
|
extern void qt_xdnd_handle_selection_request( const XSelectionRequestEvent * );
|
|
|
|
|
extern bool qt_xdnd_handle_badwindow();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
extern void qt_motifdnd_handle_msg( TQWidget *, const XEvent *, bool );
|
|
|
|
|
extern void qt_x11_motifdnd_init();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// client message atoms
|
|
|
|
|
extern Atom qt_xdnd_enter;
|
|
|
|
|
extern Atom qt_xdnd_position;
|
|
|
|
|
extern Atom qt_xdnd_status;
|
|
|
|
|
extern Atom qt_xdnd_leave;
|
|
|
|
|
extern Atom qt_xdnd_drop;
|
|
|
|
|
extern Atom qt_xdnd_finished;
|
|
|
|
|
// xdnd selection atom
|
|
|
|
|
extern Atom qt_xdnd_selection;
|
|
|
|
|
extern bool qt_xdnd_dragging;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// gui or non-gui from qapplication.cpp
|
|
|
|
|
extern bool tqt_is_gui_used;
|
|
|
|
|
extern bool tqt_app_has_font;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static bool qt_x11_cmdline_font = false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
extern bool tqt_resolve_symlinks; // from qapplication.cpp
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Paint event clipping magic
|
|
|
|
|
extern void qt_set_paintevent_clipping( TQPaintDevice* dev, const TQRegion& region);
|
|
|
|
|
extern void qt_clear_paintevent_clipping();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Palette handling
|
|
|
|
|
extern TQPalette *tqt_std_pal;
|
|
|
|
|
extern void tqt_create_std_palette();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void qt_x11_intern_atom( const char *, Atom * );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static TQPtrList<TQWidget>* deferred_map_list = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
static void qt_deferred_map_cleanup()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
delete deferred_map_list;
|
|
|
|
|
deferred_map_list = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
void qt_deferred_map_add( TQWidget* w)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !deferred_map_list ) {
|
|
|
|
|
deferred_map_list = new TQPtrList<TQWidget>;
|
|
|
|
|
tqAddPostRoutine( qt_deferred_map_cleanup );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
deferred_map_list->append( w );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
void qt_deferred_map_take( TQWidget* w )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (deferred_map_list ) {
|
|
|
|
|
deferred_map_list->remove( w );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
bool qt_deferred_map_contains( TQWidget* w )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (!deferred_map_list)
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
return deferred_map_list->contains( w );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
class TQETWidget : public TQWidget // event translator widget
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
|
void setWState( WFlags f ) { TQWidget::setWState(f); }
|
|
|
|
|
void clearWState( WFlags f ) { TQWidget::clearWState(f); }
|
|
|
|
|
void setWFlags( WFlags f ) { TQWidget::setWFlags(f); }
|
|
|
|
|
void clearWFlags( WFlags f ) { TQWidget::clearWFlags(f); }
|
|
|
|
|
bool translateMouseEvent( const XEvent * );
|
|
|
|
|
bool translateKeyEventInternal( const XEvent *, int& count, TQString& text, int& state, char& ascii, int &code, TQEvent::Type &type, bool willRepeat=FALSE, bool statefulTranslation=TRUE );
|
|
|
|
|
bool translateKeyEvent( const XEvent *, bool grab );
|
|
|
|
|
bool translatePaintEvent( const XEvent * );
|
|
|
|
|
bool translateConfigEvent( const XEvent * );
|
|
|
|
|
bool translateCloseEvent( const XEvent * );
|
|
|
|
|
bool translateScrollDoneEvent( const XEvent * );
|
|
|
|
|
bool translateWheelEvent( int global_x, int global_y, int delta, int state, Orientation orient );
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined (QT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
|
|
|
|
|
bool translateXinputEvent( const XEvent* );
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
bool translatePropertyEvent(const XEvent *);
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|
// Input Method support
|
|
|
|
|
// ************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
An identifier name of the default input method.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
TQString TQApplication::defaultIM = "imsw-multi";
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
This function handles the query about location of the widget
|
|
|
|
|
holding the TQInputContext instance for widget \a w.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The input context is used for text input to widget \a w. By
|
|
|
|
|
default, it returns the top-level widget of \a w.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to change the mapping of widget \w to TQInputContext
|
|
|
|
|
instance, reimplement both this function and
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::icHolderWidgets(). For example, suppose a tabbed web
|
|
|
|
|
browser. The browser should allocate a input context per tab
|
|
|
|
|
widget because users may switch the tabs and input a new text
|
|
|
|
|
during previous input contexts live.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See also 'Sharing input context between text widgets' and 'Preedit
|
|
|
|
|
preservation' section of the class description of TQInputContext.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQInputContext, icHolderWidgets()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *TQApplication::locateICHolderWidget( TQWidget *w )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return w->topLevelWidget();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
This function returns all widgets holding TQInputContext.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default, This function returns top-level widgets. So if you
|
|
|
|
|
want to change the mapping of a widget to TQInputContext instance,
|
|
|
|
|
you must override this function and locateICHolderWidget().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa locateICHolderWidget()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidgetList *TQApplication::icHolderWidgets()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return TQApplication::topLevelWidgets();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
This function replaces all TQInputContext instances in the
|
|
|
|
|
application. The function's argument is the identifier name of
|
|
|
|
|
the newly selected input method.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
void TQApplication::changeAllInputContext( const TQString &identifierName )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidgetList *list = tqApp->icHolderWidgets();
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidgetListIt it(*list);
|
|
|
|
|
while(it.current()) {
|
|
|
|
|
it.current()->changeInputContext( identifierName );
|
|
|
|
|
++it;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
delete list;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// defaultIM = identifierName ; // Change of defaultIM -- default input method -- may be enabled.
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
\internal
|
|
|
|
|
This is an internal function, you should never call this.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQInputContext::imEventGenerated()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
void TQApplication::postIMEvent( TQObject *receiver, TQIMEvent *event )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->type() == TQEvent::IMCompose ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// enable event compression to reduce preedit flicker on fast
|
|
|
|
|
// typing
|
|
|
|
|
postEvent( receiver, event );
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
// cancel queued preedit update
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->type() == TQEvent::IMEnd )
|
|
|
|
|
removePostedEvents( receiver, TQEvent::IMCompose );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// to avoid event receiving order inversion between TQKeyEvent
|
|
|
|
|
// and TQIMEvent, we must send IMStart and IMEnd via
|
|
|
|
|
// sendEvent().
|
|
|
|
|
sendEvent( receiver, event );
|
|
|
|
|
delete event;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
This function returns the identifier name of the default input
|
|
|
|
|
method in this Application. The value is identical to the value of
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::defaultIM.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
TQString TQApplication::defaultInputMethod()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return TQApplication::defaultIM;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if !defined(TQT_NO_IM_EXTENSIONS)
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \internal
|
|
|
|
|
Creates the application input method.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
void TQApplication::create_im()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_XIM
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ! qt_xim_preferred_style ) // no configured input style, use the default
|
|
|
|
|
qt_xim_preferred_style = xim_default_style;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // TQT_NO_XIM
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \internal
|
|
|
|
|
Closes the application input method.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
void TQApplication::close_im()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidgetList *list = tqApp->icHolderWidgets();
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidgetListIt it(*list);
|
|
|
|
|
while(it.current()) {
|
|
|
|
|
it.current()->destroyInputContext();
|
|
|
|
|
++it;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
delete list;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \internal
|
|
|
|
|
Creates the application input method.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
void TQApplication::create_xim()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_XIM
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ! qt_xim_preferred_style ) // no configured input style, use the default
|
|
|
|
|
qt_xim_preferred_style = xim_default_style;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // TQT_NO_XIM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidgetList *list= tqApp->topLevelWidgets();
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidgetListIt it(*list);
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget * w;
|
|
|
|
|
while( (w=it.current()) != 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
|
++it;
|
|
|
|
|
w->createTLSysExtra();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
delete list;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \internal
|
|
|
|
|
Closes the application input method.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
void TQApplication::close_xim()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_XIM
|
|
|
|
|
// Calling XCloseIM gives a Purify FMR error
|
|
|
|
|
// XCloseIM( qt_xim );
|
|
|
|
|
// We prefer a less serious memory leak
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// if ( qt_xim )
|
|
|
|
|
// qt_xim = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // TQT_NO_XIM
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidgetList *list = tqApp->topLevelWidgets();
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidgetListIt it(*list);
|
|
|
|
|
while(it.current()) {
|
|
|
|
|
it.current()->destroyInputContext();
|
|
|
|
|
++it;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
delete list;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|
Default X error handlers
|
|
|
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
|
|
|
|
|
extern "C" {
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static bool x11_ignore_badwindow;
|
|
|
|
|
static bool x11_badwindow;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// starts to ignore bad window errors from X
|
|
|
|
|
void qt_ignore_badwindow()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
x11_ignore_badwindow = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
x11_badwindow = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ends ignoring bad window errors and returns whether an error
|
|
|
|
|
// had happen.
|
|
|
|
|
bool qt_badwindow()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
x11_ignore_badwindow = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
return x11_badwindow;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int (*original_x_errhandler)( Display *dpy, XErrorEvent * );
|
|
|
|
|
static int (*original_xio_errhandler)( Display *dpy );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int qt_x_errhandler( Display *dpy, XErrorEvent *err )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( err->error_code == BadWindow ) {
|
|
|
|
|
x11_badwindow = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( err->request_code == 25 /* X_SendEvent */ &&
|
|
|
|
|
qt_xdnd_handle_badwindow() )
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( x11_ignore_badwindow )
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( err->error_code == BadMatch &&
|
|
|
|
|
err->request_code == 42 /* X_SetInputFocus */ ) {
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
char errstr[256];
|
|
|
|
|
XGetErrorText( dpy, err->error_code, errstr, 256 );
|
|
|
|
|
tqWarning( "X Error: %s %d\n"
|
|
|
|
|
" Major opcode: %d\n"
|
|
|
|
|
" Minor opcode: %d\n"
|
|
|
|
|
" Resource id: 0x%lx",
|
|
|
|
|
errstr, err->error_code,
|
|
|
|
|
err->request_code,
|
|
|
|
|
err->minor_code,
|
|
|
|
|
err->resourceid );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ### we really should distinguish between severe, non-severe and
|
|
|
|
|
// ### application specific errors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int qt_xio_errhandler( Display * )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
tqWarning( "%s: Fatal IO error: client killed", appName );
|
|
|
|
|
tqApp = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
exit( 1 );
|
|
|
|
|
//### give the application a chance for a proper shutdown instead,
|
|
|
|
|
//### exit(1) doesn't help.
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Memory leak: if the app exits before tqt_init_internal(), this dict
|
|
|
|
|
// isn't released correctly.
|
|
|
|
|
static TQAsciiDict<Atom> *atoms_to_be_created = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
static bool create_atoms_now = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom() - efficiently interns an atom, now or later.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the application is being initialized, this function stores the
|
|
|
|
|
adddress of the atom and tqt_init_internal will do the actual work
|
|
|
|
|
quickly. If the application is running, the atom is created here.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Neither argument may point to temporary variables.
|
|
|
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void qt_x11_intern_atom( const char *name, Atom *result)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !name || !result || *result )
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( create_atoms_now ) {
|
|
|
|
|
*result = XInternAtom( appDpy, name, False );
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !atoms_to_be_created ) {
|
|
|
|
|
atoms_to_be_created = new TQAsciiDict<Atom>;
|
|
|
|
|
atoms_to_be_created->setAutoDelete( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
atoms_to_be_created->insert( name, result );
|
|
|
|
|
*result = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void qt_x11_process_intern_atoms()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( atoms_to_be_created ) {
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(XlibSpecificationRelease) && (XlibSpecificationRelease >= 6)
|
|
|
|
|
int i = atoms_to_be_created->count();
|
|
|
|
|
Atom * res = (Atom *)malloc( i * sizeof( Atom ) );
|
|
|
|
|
Atom ** resp = (Atom **)malloc( i * sizeof( Atom* ) );
|
|
|
|
|
char ** names = (char **)malloc( i * sizeof(const char*));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
TQAsciiDictIterator<Atom> it( *atoms_to_be_created );
|
|
|
|
|
while( it.current() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
res[i] = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
resp[i] = it.current();
|
|
|
|
|
names[i] = tqstrdup(it.currentKey());
|
|
|
|
|
i++;
|
|
|
|
|
++it;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
XInternAtoms( appDpy, names, i, False, res );
|
|
|
|
|
while( i ) {
|
|
|
|
|
i--;
|
|
|
|
|
delete [] names[i];
|
|
|
|
|
if ( res[i] && resp[i] )
|
|
|
|
|
*(resp[i]) = res[i];
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
free( res );
|
|
|
|
|
free( resp );
|
|
|
|
|
free( names );
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
TQAsciiDictIterator<Atom> it( *atoms_to_be_created );
|
|
|
|
|
Atom * result;
|
|
|
|
|
const char * name;
|
|
|
|
|
while( (result = it.current()) != 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
|
name = it.currentKey();
|
|
|
|
|
++it;
|
|
|
|
|
*result = XInternAtom( appDpy, name, False );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
delete atoms_to_be_created;
|
|
|
|
|
atoms_to_be_created = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
create_atoms_now = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \internal
|
|
|
|
|
apply the settings to the application
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQApplication::x11_apply_settings()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (! tqt_std_pal)
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_create_std_palette();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Atom type;
|
|
|
|
|
int format;
|
|
|
|
|
long offset = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned long nitems, after = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned char *data = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
TQDateTime timestamp, settingsstamp;
|
|
|
|
|
bool update_timestamp = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (XGetWindowProperty(appDpy, TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( 0 ),
|
|
|
|
|
qt_settings_timestamp, 0, 0,
|
|
|
|
|
False, AnyPropertyType, &type, &format, &nitems,
|
|
|
|
|
&after, &data) == Success && format == 8) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (data)
|
|
|
|
|
XFree(data);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQBuffer ts;
|
|
|
|
|
ts.open(IO_WriteOnly);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (after > 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
XGetWindowProperty(appDpy, TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( 0 ),
|
|
|
|
|
qt_settings_timestamp,
|
|
|
|
|
offset, 1024, False, AnyPropertyType,
|
|
|
|
|
&type, &format, &nitems, &after, &data);
|
|
|
|
|
if (format == 8) {
|
|
|
|
|
ts.writeBlock((const char *) data, nitems);
|
|
|
|
|
offset += nitems / 4;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XFree(data);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQDataStream d(ts.buffer(), IO_ReadOnly);
|
|
|
|
|
d >> timestamp;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQSettings settings;
|
|
|
|
|
settingsstamp = settings.lastModificationTime( "/qt/font" );
|
|
|
|
|
if (! settingsstamp.isValid())
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( appliedstamp && appliedstamp == settingsstamp.toTime_t() )
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
appliedstamp = settingsstamp.toTime_t();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! timestamp.isValid() || settingsstamp > timestamp)
|
|
|
|
|
update_timestamp = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
TQt settings. This is now they are written into the datastream.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/qt/Palette/ * - TQPalette
|
|
|
|
|
/qt/font - TQFont
|
|
|
|
|
/qt/libraryPath - TQStringList
|
|
|
|
|
/qt/style - TQString
|
|
|
|
|
/qt/doubleClickInterval - int
|
|
|
|
|
/qt/cursorFlashTime - int
|
|
|
|
|
/qt/wheelScrollLines - int
|
|
|
|
|
/qt/colorSpec - TQString
|
|
|
|
|
/qt/defaultCodec - TQString
|
|
|
|
|
/qt/globalStrut - TQSize
|
|
|
|
|
/qt/GUIEffects - TQStringList
|
|
|
|
|
/qt/Font Substitutions/ * - TQStringList
|
|
|
|
|
/qt/Font Substitutions/... - TQStringList
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString str;
|
|
|
|
|
TQStringList strlist;
|
|
|
|
|
int i, num;
|
|
|
|
|
TQPalette pal(TQApplication::palette());
|
|
|
|
|
strlist = settings.readListEntry("/qt/Palette/active");
|
|
|
|
|
if (strlist.count() == TQColorGroup::NColorRoles) {
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < TQColorGroup::NColorRoles; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
pal.setColor(TQPalette::Active, (TQColorGroup::ColorRole) i,
|
|
|
|
|
TQColor(strlist[i]));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
strlist = settings.readListEntry("/qt/Palette/inactive");
|
|
|
|
|
if (strlist.count() == TQColorGroup::NColorRoles) {
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < TQColorGroup::NColorRoles; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
pal.setColor(TQPalette::Inactive, (TQColorGroup::ColorRole) i,
|
|
|
|
|
TQColor(strlist[i]));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
strlist = settings.readListEntry("/qt/Palette/disabled");
|
|
|
|
|
if (strlist.count() == TQColorGroup::NColorRoles) {
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < TQColorGroup::NColorRoles; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
pal.setColor(TQPalette::Disabled, (TQColorGroup::ColorRole) i,
|
|
|
|
|
TQColor(strlist[i]));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// workaround for KDE 3.0, which messes up the buttonText value of
|
|
|
|
|
// the disabled palette in TQSettings
|
|
|
|
|
if ( pal.disabled().buttonText() == pal.active().buttonText() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
pal.setColor( TQPalette::Disabled, TQColorGroup::ButtonText,
|
|
|
|
|
pal.disabled().foreground() );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (pal != *tqt_std_pal && pal != TQApplication::palette()) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setPalette(pal, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
|
*tqt_std_pal = pal;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQFont font(TQApplication::font());
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !tqt_app_has_font && !qt_x11_cmdline_font ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// read new font
|
|
|
|
|
str = settings.readEntry("/qt/font");
|
|
|
|
|
if (! str.isNull() && ! str.isEmpty()) {
|
|
|
|
|
font.fromString(str);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (font != TQApplication::font())
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setFont(font, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// read library (ie. plugin) path list
|
|
|
|
|
TQString libpathkey =
|
|
|
|
|
TQString("/qt/%1.%2/libraryPath").arg( TQT_VERSION >> 16 ).arg( (TQT_VERSION & 0xff00 ) >> 8 );
|
|
|
|
|
TQStringList pathlist = settings.readListEntry(libpathkey, ':');
|
|
|
|
|
if (! pathlist.isEmpty()) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQStringList::ConstIterator it = pathlist.begin();
|
|
|
|
|
while (it != pathlist.end())
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::addLibraryPath(*it++);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// read new TQStyle
|
|
|
|
|
extern bool tqt_explicit_app_style; // defined in qapplication.cpp
|
|
|
|
|
TQString stylename = settings.readEntry( "/qt/style" );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !stylename.isEmpty() && !tqt_explicit_app_style ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setStyle( stylename );
|
|
|
|
|
// took the style from the user settings, so mark the explicit flag FALSE
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_explicit_app_style = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
num =
|
|
|
|
|
settings.readNumEntry("/qt/doubleClickInterval",
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::doubleClickInterval());
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setDoubleClickInterval(num);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
num =
|
|
|
|
|
settings.readNumEntry("/qt/cursorFlashTime",
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::cursorFlashTime());
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setCursorFlashTime(num);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
num =
|
|
|
|
|
settings.readNumEntry("/qt/wheelScrollLines",
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::wheelScrollLines());
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setWheelScrollLines(num);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString colorspec = settings.readEntry("/qt/colorSpec", "default");
|
|
|
|
|
if (colorspec == "normal")
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setColorSpec(TQApplication::NormalColor);
|
|
|
|
|
else if (colorspec == "custom")
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setColorSpec(TQApplication::CustomColor);
|
|
|
|
|
else if (colorspec == "many")
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setColorSpec(TQApplication::ManyColor);
|
|
|
|
|
else if (colorspec != "default")
|
|
|
|
|
colorspec = "default";
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString defaultcodec = settings.readEntry("/qt/defaultCodec", "none");
|
|
|
|
|
if (defaultcodec != "none") {
|
|
|
|
|
TQTextCodec *codec = TQTextCodec::codecForName(defaultcodec);
|
|
|
|
|
if (codec)
|
|
|
|
|
tqApp->setDefaultCodec(codec);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQStringList strut = settings.readListEntry("/qt/globalStrut");
|
|
|
|
|
if (! strut.isEmpty()) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (strut.count() == 2) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQSize sz(strut[0].toUInt(), strut[1].toUInt());
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (sz.isValid())
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setGlobalStrut(sz);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQStringList effects = settings.readListEntry("/qt/GUIEffects");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setEffectEnabled( TQt::UI_General, effects.contains("general") );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setEffectEnabled( TQt::UI_AnimateMenu, effects.contains("animatemenu") );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setEffectEnabled( TQt::UI_FadeMenu, effects.contains("fademenu") );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setEffectEnabled( TQt::UI_AnimateCombo, effects.contains("animatecombo") );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setEffectEnabled( TQt::UI_AnimateTooltip, effects.contains("animatetooltip") );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setEffectEnabled( TQt::UI_FadeTooltip, effects.contains("fadetooltip") );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setEffectEnabled( TQt::UI_AnimateToolBox, effects.contains("animatetoolbox") );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQStringList fontsubs =
|
|
|
|
|
settings.entryList("/qt/Font Substitutions");
|
|
|
|
|
if (!fontsubs.isEmpty()) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQStringList subs;
|
|
|
|
|
TQString fam, skey;
|
|
|
|
|
TQStringList::Iterator it = fontsubs.begin();
|
|
|
|
|
while (it != fontsubs.end()) {
|
|
|
|
|
fam = (*it++);
|
|
|
|
|
skey = "/qt/Font Substitutions/" + fam;
|
|
|
|
|
subs = settings.readListEntry(skey);
|
|
|
|
|
TQFont::insertSubstitutions(fam, subs);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
qt_broken_wm =
|
|
|
|
|
settings.readBoolEntry("/qt/brokenWindowManager", qt_broken_wm);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_resolve_symlinks =
|
|
|
|
|
settings.readBoolEntry("/qt/resolveSymlinks", TRUE);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
qt_use_rtl_extensions =
|
|
|
|
|
settings.readBoolEntry("/qt/useRtlExtensions", FALSE);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_XIM
|
|
|
|
|
if (qt_xim_preferred_style == 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQString ximInputStyle =
|
|
|
|
|
settings.readEntry( "/qt/XIMInputStyle",
|
|
|
|
|
TQString::fromLatin1( "On The Spot" ) ).lower();
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ximInputStyle == "over the spot" )
|
|
|
|
|
qt_xim_preferred_style = XIMPreeditPosition | XIMStatusNothing;
|
|
|
|
|
else if ( ximInputStyle == "off the spot" )
|
|
|
|
|
qt_xim_preferred_style = XIMPreeditArea | XIMStatusArea;
|
|
|
|
|
else if ( ximInputStyle == "root" )
|
|
|
|
|
qt_xim_preferred_style = XIMPreeditNothing | XIMStatusNothing;
|
|
|
|
|
else // ximInputStyle == "on the spot" or others
|
|
|
|
|
qt_xim_preferred_style = XIMPreeditCallbacks | XIMStatusNothing;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_IM
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
The identifier name of an input method is acquired from the
|
|
|
|
|
configuration file as a default. If a environment variable
|
|
|
|
|
"TQT_IM_SWITCHER" is not empty it will overwrite the
|
|
|
|
|
configuration file. The "imsw-multi" becomes the default if the entry
|
|
|
|
|
is not configured.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if ( getenv( "TQT_IM_SWITCHER" ) )
|
|
|
|
|
defaultIM = getenv( "TQT_IM_SWITCHER" );
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_IM_EXTENSIONS
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
defaultIM = settings.readEntry( "/qt/DefaultInputMethodSwitcher", "imsw-multi" );
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// defaultIM is restricted to be an IM-switcher. An IM-switcher
|
|
|
|
|
// has a 'imsw-' prefix
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ! defaultIM.startsWith( "imsw-" ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
defaultIM = "imsw-multi";
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (update_timestamp) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQBuffer stamp;
|
|
|
|
|
TQDataStream s(stamp.buffer(), IO_WriteOnly);
|
|
|
|
|
s << settingsstamp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XChangeProperty(appDpy, TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( 0 ),
|
|
|
|
|
qt_settings_timestamp, qt_settings_timestamp, 8,
|
|
|
|
|
PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) stamp.buffer().data(),
|
|
|
|
|
stamp.buffer().size());
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// read the _QT_INPUT_ENCODING property and apply the settings to
|
|
|
|
|
// the application
|
|
|
|
|
static void qt_set_input_encoding()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
Atom type;
|
|
|
|
|
int format;
|
|
|
|
|
ulong nitems, after = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
const char *data;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int e = XGetWindowProperty( appDpy, TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(),
|
|
|
|
|
qt_input_encoding, 0, 1024,
|
|
|
|
|
False, XA_STRING, &type, &format, &nitems,
|
|
|
|
|
&after, (unsigned char**)&data );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( e != Success || !nitems || type == None ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// Always use the locale codec, since we have no examples of non-local
|
|
|
|
|
// XIMs, and since we cannot get a sensible answer about the encoding
|
|
|
|
|
// from the XIM.
|
|
|
|
|
qt_input_mapper = TQTextCodec::codecForLocale();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !tqstricmp( data, "locale" ) )
|
|
|
|
|
qt_input_mapper = TQTextCodec::codecForLocale();
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
qt_input_mapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( data );
|
|
|
|
|
// make sure we have an input codec
|
|
|
|
|
if( !qt_input_mapper )
|
|
|
|
|
qt_input_mapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-1" );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_input_mapper->mibEnum() == 11 ) // 8859-8
|
|
|
|
|
qt_input_mapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-8-I");
|
|
|
|
|
if( data )
|
|
|
|
|
XFree( (char *)data );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// set font, foreground and background from x11 resources. The
|
|
|
|
|
// arguments may override the resource settings.
|
|
|
|
|
static void qt_set_x11_resources( const char* font = 0, const char* fg = 0,
|
|
|
|
|
const char* bg = 0, const char* button = 0 )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !tqt_std_pal )
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_create_std_palette();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQCString resFont, resFG, resBG, resEF, sysFont;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setEffectEnabled( TQt::UI_General, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setEffectEnabled( TQt::UI_AnimateMenu, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setEffectEnabled( TQt::UI_FadeMenu, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setEffectEnabled( TQt::UI_AnimateCombo, FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setEffectEnabled( TQt::UI_AnimateTooltip, FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setEffectEnabled( TQt::UI_FadeTooltip, FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setEffectEnabled( TQt::UI_AnimateToolBox, FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( TQApplication::desktopSettingsAware() && !TQApplication::x11_apply_settings() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
int format;
|
|
|
|
|
ulong nitems, after = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
TQCString res;
|
|
|
|
|
long offset = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Atom type = None;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (after > 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
uchar *data;
|
|
|
|
|
XGetWindowProperty( appDpy, TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( 0 ),
|
|
|
|
|
qt_resource_manager,
|
|
|
|
|
offset, 8192, False, AnyPropertyType,
|
|
|
|
|
&type, &format, &nitems, &after,
|
|
|
|
|
&data );
|
|
|
|
|
res += (char*)data;
|
|
|
|
|
offset += 2048; // offset is in 32bit quantities... 8192/4 == 2048
|
|
|
|
|
if ( data )
|
|
|
|
|
XFree( (char *)data );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQCString key, value;
|
|
|
|
|
int l = 0, r;
|
|
|
|
|
TQCString apn = appName;
|
|
|
|
|
TQCString apc = appClass;
|
|
|
|
|
int apnl = apn.length();
|
|
|
|
|
int apcl = apc.length();
|
|
|
|
|
int resl = res.length();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (l < resl) {
|
|
|
|
|
r = res.find( '\n', l );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( r < 0 )
|
|
|
|
|
r = resl;
|
|
|
|
|
while ( isspace((uchar) res[l]) )
|
|
|
|
|
l++;
|
|
|
|
|
bool mine = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( res[l] == '*' &&
|
|
|
|
|
(res[l+1] == 'f' || res[l+1] == 'b' || res[l+1] == 'g' ||
|
|
|
|
|
res[l+1] == 'F' || res[l+1] == 'B' || res[l+1] == 'G' ||
|
|
|
|
|
res[l+1] == 's' || res[l+1] == 'S' ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// OPTIMIZED, since we only want "*[fbgs].."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQCString item = res.mid( l, r - l ).simplifyWhiteSpace();
|
|
|
|
|
int i = item.find( ":" );
|
|
|
|
|
key = item.left( i ).stripWhiteSpace().mid(1).lower();
|
|
|
|
|
value = item.right( item.length() - i - 1 ).stripWhiteSpace();
|
|
|
|
|
mine = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( res[l] == appName[0] || (appClass && res[l] == appClass[0]) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (res.mid(l,apnl) == apn && (res[l+apnl] == '.' || res[l+apnl] == '*')) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQCString item = res.mid( l, r - l ).simplifyWhiteSpace();
|
|
|
|
|
int i = item.find( ":" );
|
|
|
|
|
key = item.left( i ).stripWhiteSpace().mid(apnl+1).lower();
|
|
|
|
|
value = item.right( item.length() - i - 1 ).stripWhiteSpace();
|
|
|
|
|
mine = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
} else if (res.mid(l,apcl) == apc && (res[l+apcl] == '.' || res[l+apcl] == '*')) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQCString item = res.mid( l, r - l ).simplifyWhiteSpace();
|
|
|
|
|
int i = item.find( ":" );
|
|
|
|
|
key = item.left( i ).stripWhiteSpace().mid(apcl+1).lower();
|
|
|
|
|
value = item.right( item.length() - i - 1 ).stripWhiteSpace();
|
|
|
|
|
mine = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( mine ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !font && key == "systemfont")
|
|
|
|
|
sysFont = value.left( value.findRev(':') ).copy();
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !font && key == "font")
|
|
|
|
|
resFont = value.copy();
|
|
|
|
|
else if ( !fg && key == "foreground" )
|
|
|
|
|
resFG = value.copy();
|
|
|
|
|
else if ( !bg && key == "background")
|
|
|
|
|
resBG = value.copy();
|
|
|
|
|
else if ( key == "guieffects")
|
|
|
|
|
resEF = value.copy();
|
|
|
|
|
// NOTE: if you add more, change the [fbg] stuff above
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
l = r + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !sysFont.isEmpty() )
|
|
|
|
|
resFont = sysFont;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( resFont.isEmpty() )
|
|
|
|
|
resFont = font;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( resFG.isEmpty() )
|
|
|
|
|
resFG = fg;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( resBG.isEmpty() )
|
|
|
|
|
resBG = bg;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( (!tqt_app_has_font || qt_x11_cmdline_font) && !resFont.isEmpty() ) { // set application font
|
|
|
|
|
TQFont fnt;
|
|
|
|
|
fnt.setRawName( resFont );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// the font we get may actually be an alias for another font,
|
|
|
|
|
// so we reset the application font to the real font info.
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ! fnt.exactMatch() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQFontInfo fontinfo( fnt );
|
|
|
|
|
fnt.setFamily( fontinfo.family() );
|
|
|
|
|
fnt.setRawMode( fontinfo.rawMode() );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ! fnt.rawMode() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
fnt.setItalic( fontinfo.italic() );
|
|
|
|
|
fnt.setWeight( fontinfo.weight() );
|
|
|
|
|
fnt.setUnderline( fontinfo.underline() );
|
|
|
|
|
fnt.setStrikeOut( fontinfo.strikeOut() );
|
|
|
|
|
fnt.setStyleHint( fontinfo.styleHint() );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( fnt.pointSize() <= 0 && fnt.pixelSize() <= 0 )
|
|
|
|
|
// size is all wrong... fix it
|
|
|
|
|
fnt.setPointSize( (int) ( ( fontinfo.pixelSize() * 72. /
|
|
|
|
|
(float) TQPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY() ) +
|
|
|
|
|
0.5 ) );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( fnt != TQApplication::font() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setFont( fnt, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( button || !resBG.isEmpty() || !resFG.isEmpty() ) {// set app colors
|
|
|
|
|
TQColor btn;
|
|
|
|
|
TQColor bg;
|
|
|
|
|
TQColor fg;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !resBG.isEmpty() )
|
|
|
|
|
bg = TQColor(TQString(resBG));
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
bg = tqt_std_pal->active().background();
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !resFG.isEmpty() )
|
|
|
|
|
fg = TQColor(TQString(resFG));
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
fg = tqt_std_pal->active().foreground();
|
|
|
|
|
if ( button )
|
|
|
|
|
btn = TQColor( button );
|
|
|
|
|
else if ( !resBG.isEmpty() )
|
|
|
|
|
btn = bg;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
btn = tqt_std_pal->active().button();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int h,s,v;
|
|
|
|
|
fg.hsv(&h,&s,&v);
|
|
|
|
|
TQColor base = TQt::white;
|
|
|
|
|
bool bright_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
if (v >= 255-50) {
|
|
|
|
|
base = btn.dark(150);
|
|
|
|
|
bright_mode = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQColorGroup cg( fg, btn, btn.light(),
|
|
|
|
|
btn.dark(), btn.dark(150), fg, TQt::white, base, bg );
|
|
|
|
|
if (bright_mode) {
|
|
|
|
|
cg.setColor( TQColorGroup::HighlightedText, base );
|
|
|
|
|
cg.setColor( TQColorGroup::Highlight, TQt::white );
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
cg.setColor( TQColorGroup::HighlightedText, TQt::white );
|
|
|
|
|
cg.setColor( TQColorGroup::Highlight, TQt::darkBlue );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
TQColor disabled( (fg.red()+btn.red())/2,
|
|
|
|
|
(fg.green()+btn.green())/2,
|
|
|
|
|
(fg.blue()+btn.blue())/2);
|
|
|
|
|
TQColorGroup dcg( disabled, btn, btn.light( 125 ), btn.dark(), btn.dark(150),
|
|
|
|
|
disabled, TQt::white, TQt::white, bg );
|
|
|
|
|
if (bright_mode) {
|
|
|
|
|
dcg.setColor( TQColorGroup::HighlightedText, base );
|
|
|
|
|
dcg.setColor( TQColorGroup::Highlight, TQt::white );
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
dcg.setColor( TQColorGroup::HighlightedText, TQt::white );
|
|
|
|
|
dcg.setColor( TQColorGroup::Highlight, TQt::darkBlue );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
TQPalette pal( cg, dcg, cg );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( pal != *tqt_std_pal && pal != TQApplication::palette() )
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setPalette( pal, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
|
*tqt_std_pal = pal;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !resEF.isEmpty() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQStringList effects = TQStringList::split(" ",resEF);
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setEffectEnabled( TQt::UI_General, effects.contains("general") );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setEffectEnabled( TQt::UI_AnimateMenu, effects.contains("animatemenu") );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setEffectEnabled( TQt::UI_FadeMenu, effects.contains("fademenu") );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setEffectEnabled( TQt::UI_AnimateCombo, effects.contains("animatecombo") );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setEffectEnabled( TQt::UI_AnimateTooltip, effects.contains("animatetooltip") );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setEffectEnabled( TQt::UI_FadeTooltip, effects.contains("fadetooltip") );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setEffectEnabled( TQt::UI_AnimateToolBox, effects.contains("animatetoolbox") );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void qt_detect_broken_window_manager()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
Atom type;
|
|
|
|
|
int format;
|
|
|
|
|
ulong nitems, after;
|
|
|
|
|
uchar *data = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// look for SGI's 4Dwm
|
|
|
|
|
int e = XGetWindowProperty(appDpy, TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(),
|
|
|
|
|
qt_sgi_desks_manager, 0, 1, False, XA_WINDOW,
|
|
|
|
|
&type, &format, &nitems, &after, &data);
|
|
|
|
|
if (data)
|
|
|
|
|
XFree(data);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (e == Success && type == XA_WINDOW && format == 32 && nitems == 1 && after == 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
// detected SGI 4Dwm
|
|
|
|
|
qt_broken_wm = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// update the supported array
|
|
|
|
|
void qt_get_net_supported()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
Atom type;
|
|
|
|
|
int format;
|
|
|
|
|
long offset = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned long nitems, after;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned char *data = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int e = XGetWindowProperty(appDpy, TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(),
|
|
|
|
|
qt_net_supported, 0, 0,
|
|
|
|
|
False, XA_ATOM, &type, &format, &nitems, &after, &data);
|
|
|
|
|
if (data)
|
|
|
|
|
XFree(data);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (qt_net_supported_list)
|
|
|
|
|
delete [] qt_net_supported_list;
|
|
|
|
|
qt_net_supported_list = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (e == Success && type == XA_ATOM && format == 32) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQBuffer ts;
|
|
|
|
|
ts.open(IO_WriteOnly);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (after > 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
XGetWindowProperty(appDpy, TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(),
|
|
|
|
|
qt_net_supported, offset, 1024,
|
|
|
|
|
False, XA_ATOM, &type, &format, &nitems, &after, &data);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (type == XA_ATOM && format == 32) {
|
|
|
|
|
ts.writeBlock((const char *) data, nitems * sizeof(long));
|
|
|
|
|
offset += nitems;
|
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
|
after = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if (data)
|
|
|
|
|
XFree(data);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// compute nitems
|
|
|
|
|
TQByteArray buffer(ts.buffer());
|
|
|
|
|
nitems = buffer.size() / sizeof(Atom);
|
|
|
|
|
qt_net_supported_list = new Atom[nitems + 1];
|
|
|
|
|
Atom *a = (Atom *) buffer.data();
|
|
|
|
|
uint i;
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < nitems; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
qt_net_supported_list[i] = a[i];
|
|
|
|
|
qt_net_supported_list[nitems] = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool qt_net_supports(Atom atom)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (! qt_net_supported_list)
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool supported = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
int i = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
while (qt_net_supported_list[i] != 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (qt_net_supported_list[i++] == atom) {
|
|
|
|
|
supported = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return supported;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// update the virtual roots array
|
|
|
|
|
void qt_get_net_virtual_roots()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (qt_net_virtual_root_list)
|
|
|
|
|
delete [] qt_net_virtual_root_list;
|
|
|
|
|
qt_net_virtual_root_list = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! qt_net_supports(qt_net_virtual_roots))
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Atom type;
|
|
|
|
|
int format;
|
|
|
|
|
long offset = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned long nitems, after;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned char *data;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int e = XGetWindowProperty(appDpy, TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(),
|
|
|
|
|
qt_net_virtual_roots, 0, 0,
|
|
|
|
|
False, XA_ATOM, &type, &format, &nitems, &after, &data);
|
|
|
|
|
if (data)
|
|
|
|
|
XFree(data);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (e == Success && type == XA_ATOM && format == 32) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQBuffer ts;
|
|
|
|
|
ts.open(IO_WriteOnly);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (after > 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
XGetWindowProperty(appDpy, TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(),
|
|
|
|
|
qt_net_virtual_roots, offset, 1024,
|
|
|
|
|
False, XA_ATOM, &type, &format, &nitems, &after, &data);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (type == XA_ATOM && format == 32) {
|
|
|
|
|
ts.writeBlock((const char *) data, nitems * 4);
|
|
|
|
|
offset += nitems;
|
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
|
after = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if (data)
|
|
|
|
|
XFree(data);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// compute nitems
|
|
|
|
|
TQByteArray buffer(ts.buffer());
|
|
|
|
|
nitems = buffer.size() / sizeof(Window);
|
|
|
|
|
qt_net_virtual_root_list = new Window[nitems + 1];
|
|
|
|
|
Window *a = (Window *) buffer.data();
|
|
|
|
|
uint i;
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < nitems; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
qt_net_virtual_root_list[i] = a[i];
|
|
|
|
|
qt_net_virtual_root_list[nitems] = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void qt_x11_create_wm_client_leader()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_x11_wm_client_leader ) return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_wm_client_leader =
|
|
|
|
|
XCreateSimpleWindow( TQPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(),
|
|
|
|
|
0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0 );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// set client leader property to itself
|
|
|
|
|
XChangeProperty( TQPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_wm_client_leader, qt_wm_client_leader,
|
|
|
|
|
XA_WINDOW, 32, PropModeReplace,
|
|
|
|
|
(unsigned char *)&qt_x11_wm_client_leader, 1 );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If we are session managed, inform the window manager about it
|
|
|
|
|
TQCString session = tqApp->sessionId().latin1();
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !session.isEmpty() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
XChangeProperty( TQPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_wm_client_leader, tqt_sm_client_id,
|
|
|
|
|
XA_STRING, 8, PropModeReplace,
|
|
|
|
|
(unsigned char *)session.data(), session.length() );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void qt_net_update_user_time(TQWidget *tlw)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
XChangeProperty(TQPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(), tlw->winId(), qt_net_wm_user_time, XA_CARDINAL,
|
|
|
|
|
32, PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) &tqt_x_user_time, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void qt_check_focus_model()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
Window fw = None;
|
|
|
|
|
int unused;
|
|
|
|
|
XGetInputFocus( appDpy, &fw, &unused );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( fw == PointerRoot )
|
|
|
|
|
qt_focus_model = FocusModel_PointerRoot;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
qt_focus_model = FocusModel_Other;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
Returns a truecolor visual (if there is one). 8-bit TrueColor visuals
|
|
|
|
|
are ignored, unless the user has explicitly requested -visual TrueColor.
|
|
|
|
|
The SGI X server usually has an 8 bit default visual, but the application
|
|
|
|
|
can also ask for a truecolor visual. This is what we do if
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::colorSpec() is TQApplication::ManyColor.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static Visual *find_truecolor_visual( Display *dpy, int scr, int *depth, int *ncols )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
XVisualInfo *vi, rvi;
|
|
|
|
|
int best=0, n, i;
|
|
|
|
|
rvi.c_class = TrueColor;
|
|
|
|
|
rvi.screen = scr;
|
|
|
|
|
vi = XGetVisualInfo( dpy, VisualClassMask | VisualScreenMask,
|
|
|
|
|
&rvi, &n );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( vi ) {
|
|
|
|
|
for ( i=0; i<n; i++ ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( vi[i].depth > vi[best].depth )
|
|
|
|
|
best = i;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Visual *v = DefaultVisual(dpy,scr);
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !vi || (vi[best].visualid == XVisualIDFromVisual(v)) ||
|
|
|
|
|
(vi[best].depth <= 8 && qt_visual_option != TrueColor) )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
*depth = DefaultDepth(dpy,scr);
|
|
|
|
|
*ncols = DisplayCells(dpy,scr);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
v = vi[best].visual;
|
|
|
|
|
*depth = vi[best].depth;
|
|
|
|
|
*ncols = vi[best].colormap_size;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( vi )
|
|
|
|
|
XFree( (char *)vi );
|
|
|
|
|
return v;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static KeySym qt_x11_keycode_to_keysym(Display *dpy, KeyCode kc) {
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_XKB
|
|
|
|
|
return XkbKeycodeToKeysym(dpy, kc, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
KeySym rv = NoSymbol;
|
|
|
|
|
int keysyms_per_keycode;
|
|
|
|
|
KeySym *keysym_p = XGetKeyboardMapping(dpy, kc, 1, &keysyms_per_keycode);
|
|
|
|
|
if (keysyms_per_keycode>0) { //< Should always be true unless X server is bugged
|
|
|
|
|
rv = keysym_p[0];
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
XFree(keysym_p);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return rv;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // TQT_NO_XKB
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_init() - initializes TQt for X11
|
|
|
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define XK_MISCELLANY
|
|
|
|
|
#define XK_LATIN1
|
|
|
|
|
#define XK_KOREAN
|
|
|
|
|
#define XK_XKB_KEYS
|
|
|
|
|
#include <X11/keysymdef.h>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ### This should be static but it isn't because of the friend declaration
|
|
|
|
|
// ### in ntqpaintdevice.h which then should have a static too but can't have
|
|
|
|
|
// ### it because "storage class specifiers invalid in friend function
|
|
|
|
|
// ### declarations" :-) Ideas anyone?
|
|
|
|
|
void tqt_init_internal( int *argcptr, char **argv,
|
|
|
|
|
Display *display, TQt::HANDLE visual, TQt::HANDLE colormap )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
setlocale( LC_ALL, "" ); // use correct char set mapping
|
|
|
|
|
setlocale( LC_NUMERIC, "C" ); // make sprintf()/scanf() work
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT)
|
|
|
|
|
if (( tqt_is_gui_used ) && ( !display )) {
|
|
|
|
|
// If TQt is running standalone with a GUI, initialize X11 threading
|
|
|
|
|
XInitThreads();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( display && ((!argcptr) || (!argv)) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// TQt part of other application
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
appForeignDpy = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
appDpy = display;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Set application name and class
|
|
|
|
|
appName = tqstrdup( "TQt-subapplication" );
|
|
|
|
|
char *app_class = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if (argv) {
|
|
|
|
|
const char* p = strrchr( argv[0], '/' );
|
|
|
|
|
app_class = tqstrdup(p ? p + 1 : argv[0]);
|
|
|
|
|
if (app_class[0])
|
|
|
|
|
app_class[0] = toupper(app_class[0]);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
appClass = app_class;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Install default error handlers
|
|
|
|
|
original_x_errhandler = XSetErrorHandler( qt_x_errhandler );
|
|
|
|
|
original_xio_errhandler = XSetIOErrorHandler( qt_xio_errhandler );
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
// TQt controls everything (default)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int argc = *argcptr;
|
|
|
|
|
int j;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Install default error handlers
|
|
|
|
|
original_x_errhandler = XSetErrorHandler( qt_x_errhandler );
|
|
|
|
|
original_xio_errhandler = XSetIOErrorHandler( qt_xio_errhandler );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Set application name and class
|
|
|
|
|
char *app_class = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if (argv) {
|
|
|
|
|
const char *p = strrchr( argv[0], '/' );
|
|
|
|
|
appName = p ? p + 1 : argv[0];
|
|
|
|
|
app_class = tqstrdup(appName);
|
|
|
|
|
if (app_class[0])
|
|
|
|
|
app_class[0] = toupper(app_class[0]);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
appClass = app_class;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Get command line params
|
|
|
|
|
j = argc ? 1 : 0;
|
|
|
|
|
for ( int i=1; i<argc; i++ ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( argv[i] && *argv[i] != '-' ) {
|
|
|
|
|
argv[j++] = argv[i];
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
TQCString arg = argv[i];
|
|
|
|
|
if ( arg == "-display" ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ++i < argc )
|
|
|
|
|
appDpyName = argv[i];
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( arg == "-fn" || arg == "-font" ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ++i < argc ) {
|
|
|
|
|
appFont = argv[i];
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_cmdline_font = true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( arg == "-bg" || arg == "-background" ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ++i < argc )
|
|
|
|
|
appBGCol = argv[i];
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( arg == "-btn" || arg == "-button" ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ++i < argc )
|
|
|
|
|
appBTNCol = argv[i];
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( arg == "-fg" || arg == "-foreground" ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ++i < argc )
|
|
|
|
|
appFGCol = argv[i];
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( arg == "-name" ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ++i < argc )
|
|
|
|
|
appName = argv[i];
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( arg == "-title" ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ++i < argc )
|
|
|
|
|
mwTitle = argv[i];
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( arg == "-geometry" ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ++i < argc )
|
|
|
|
|
mwGeometry = argv[i];
|
|
|
|
|
//Ming-Che 10/10
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( arg == "-im" ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ++i < argc )
|
|
|
|
|
qt_ximServer = argv[i];
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( arg == "-iconic" ) {
|
|
|
|
|
mwIconic = !mwIconic;
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( arg == "-ncols" ) { // xv and netscape use this name
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ++i < argc )
|
|
|
|
|
qt_ncols_option = TQMAX(0,atoi(argv[i]));
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( arg == "-visual" ) { // xv and netscape use this name
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ++i < argc ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQCString s = TQCString(argv[i]).lower();
|
|
|
|
|
if ( s == "truecolor" ) {
|
|
|
|
|
qt_visual_option = TrueColor;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
// ### Should we honor any others?
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_XIM
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( arg == "-inputstyle" ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ++i < argc ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQCString s = TQCString(argv[i]).lower();
|
|
|
|
|
if ( s == "onthespot" )
|
|
|
|
|
qt_xim_preferred_style = XIMPreeditCallbacks |
|
|
|
|
|
XIMStatusNothing;
|
|
|
|
|
else if ( s == "overthespot" )
|
|
|
|
|
qt_xim_preferred_style = XIMPreeditPosition |
|
|
|
|
|
XIMStatusNothing;
|
|
|
|
|
else if ( s == "offthespot" )
|
|
|
|
|
qt_xim_preferred_style = XIMPreeditArea |
|
|
|
|
|
XIMStatusArea;
|
|
|
|
|
else if ( s == "root" )
|
|
|
|
|
qt_xim_preferred_style = XIMPreeditNothing |
|
|
|
|
|
XIMStatusNothing;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( arg == "-cmap" ) { // xv uses this name
|
|
|
|
|
qt_cmap_option = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(QT_DEBUG)
|
|
|
|
|
else if ( arg == "-sync" )
|
|
|
|
|
appSync = !appSync;
|
|
|
|
|
else if ( arg == "-nograb" )
|
|
|
|
|
appNoGrab = !appNoGrab;
|
|
|
|
|
else if ( arg == "-dograb" )
|
|
|
|
|
appDoGrab = !appDoGrab;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
argv[j++] = argv[i];
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*argcptr = j;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(QT_DEBUG) && defined(Q_OS_LINUX)
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !appNoGrab && !appDoGrab ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQCString s;
|
|
|
|
|
s.sprintf( "/proc/%d/cmdline", getppid() );
|
|
|
|
|
TQFile f( s );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( f.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
s.truncate( 0 );
|
|
|
|
|
int c;
|
|
|
|
|
while ( (c = f.getch()) > 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( c == '/' )
|
|
|
|
|
s.truncate( 0 );
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
s += (char)c;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( s == "gdb" ) {
|
|
|
|
|
appNoGrab = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
tqDebug( "TQt: gdb: -nograb added to command-line options.\n"
|
|
|
|
|
"\t Use the -dograb option to enforce grabbing." );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
f.close();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
if ( display ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// Display connection already opened by another application
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
appForeignDpy = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
appDpy = display;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
|
// Connect to X server
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if( tqt_is_gui_used ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ( appDpy = XOpenDisplay(appDpyName) ) == 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
|
tqWarning( "%s: cannot connect to X server %s", appName,
|
|
|
|
|
XDisplayName(appDpyName) );
|
|
|
|
|
tqApp = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
exit( 1 );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( appSync ) // if "-sync" argument
|
|
|
|
|
XSynchronize( appDpy, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
// Common code, regardless of whether display is foreign.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Get X parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if( tqt_is_gui_used ) {
|
|
|
|
|
appScreen = DefaultScreen(appDpy);
|
|
|
|
|
appScreenCount = ScreenCount(appDpy);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appdisplay = appDpy;
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appscreen = appScreen;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// allocate the arrays for the TQPaintDevice data
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appdepth_arr = new int[ appScreenCount ];
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appcells_arr = new int[ appScreenCount ];
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_approotwindow_arr = new TQt::HANDLE[ appScreenCount ];
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appcolormap_arr = new TQt::HANDLE[ appScreenCount ];
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appdefcolormap_arr = new bool[ appScreenCount ];
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appvisual_arr = new void*[ appScreenCount ];
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appdefvisual_arr = new bool[ appScreenCount ];
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_CHECK_PTR( TQPaintDevice::x_appdepth_arr );
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_CHECK_PTR( TQPaintDevice::x_appcells_arr );
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_CHECK_PTR( TQPaintDevice::x_approotwindow_arr );
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_CHECK_PTR( TQPaintDevice::x_appcolormap_arr );
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_CHECK_PTR( TQPaintDevice::x_appdefcolormap_arr );
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_CHECK_PTR( TQPaintDevice::x_appvisual_arr );
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_CHECK_PTR( TQPaintDevice::x_appdefvisual_arr );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int screen;
|
|
|
|
|
TQString serverVendor( ServerVendor( appDpy) );
|
|
|
|
|
if (serverVendor.contains("XFree86") && VendorRelease(appDpy) < 40300000)
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_hebrew_keyboard_hack = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for ( screen = 0; screen < appScreenCount; ++screen ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appdepth_arr[ screen ] = DefaultDepth(appDpy, screen);
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appcells_arr[ screen ] = DisplayCells(appDpy, screen);
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_approotwindow_arr[ screen ] = RootWindow(appDpy, screen);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// setup the visual and colormap for each screen
|
|
|
|
|
Visual *vis = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( visual && screen == appScreen ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// use the provided visual on the default screen only
|
|
|
|
|
vis = (Visual *) visual;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// figure out the depth of the visual we are using
|
|
|
|
|
XVisualInfo *vi, rvi;
|
|
|
|
|
int n;
|
|
|
|
|
rvi.visualid = XVisualIDFromVisual(vis);
|
|
|
|
|
rvi.screen = screen;
|
|
|
|
|
vi = XGetVisualInfo( appDpy, VisualIDMask | VisualScreenMask, &rvi, &n );
|
|
|
|
|
if (vi) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appdepth_arr[ screen ] = vi->depth;
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appcells_arr[ screen ] = vi->visual->map_entries;
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appvisual_arr[ screen ] = vi->visual;
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appdefvisual_arr[ screen ] = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
XFree(vi);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
// couldn't get info about the visual, use the default instead
|
|
|
|
|
vis = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!vis) {
|
|
|
|
|
// use the default visual
|
|
|
|
|
vis = DefaultVisual(appDpy, screen);
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appdefvisual_arr[ screen ] = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_visual_option == TrueColor ||
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::colorSpec() == TQApplication::ManyColor ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// find custom visual
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int d, c;
|
|
|
|
|
vis = find_truecolor_visual( appDpy, screen, &d, &c );
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appdepth_arr[ screen ] = d;
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appcells_arr[ screen ] = c;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appvisual_arr[ screen ] = vis;
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appdefvisual_arr[ screen ] =
|
|
|
|
|
(XVisualIDFromVisual(vis) ==
|
|
|
|
|
XVisualIDFromVisual(DefaultVisual(appDpy, screen)));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appvisual_arr[ screen ] = vis;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// we assume that 8bpp == pseudocolor, but this is not
|
|
|
|
|
// always the case (according to the X server), so we need
|
|
|
|
|
// to make sure that our internal data is setup in a way
|
|
|
|
|
// that is compatible with our assumptions
|
|
|
|
|
if ( vis->c_class == TrueColor &&
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appdepth_arr[ screen ] == 8 &&
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appcells_arr[ screen ] == 8 )
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appcells_arr[ screen ] = 256;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( colormap && screen == appScreen ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// use the provided colormap for the default screen only
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appcolormap_arr[ screen ] = colormap;
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appdefcolormap_arr[ screen ] = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( vis->c_class == TrueColor ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appdefcolormap_arr[ screen ] =
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appdefvisual_arr[ screen ];
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appdefcolormap_arr[ screen ] =
|
|
|
|
|
!qt_cmap_option && TQPaintDevice::x_appdefvisual_arr[ screen ];
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( TQPaintDevice::x_appdefcolormap_arr[ screen ] ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// use default colormap
|
|
|
|
|
XStandardColormap *stdcmap;
|
|
|
|
|
VisualID vid =
|
|
|
|
|
XVisualIDFromVisual((Visual *)
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appvisual_arr[ screen ]);
|
|
|
|
|
int i, count;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appcolormap_arr[ screen ] = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ! serverVendor.contains( "Hewlett-Packard" ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// on HPUX 10.20 local displays, the RGB_DEFAULT_MAP colormap
|
|
|
|
|
// doesn't give us correct colors. Why this happens, I have
|
|
|
|
|
// no clue, so we disable this for HPUX
|
|
|
|
|
if (XGetRGBColormaps(appDpy,
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( screen ),
|
|
|
|
|
&stdcmap, &count, XA_RGB_DEFAULT_MAP)) {
|
|
|
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
while (i < count &&
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appcolormap_arr[ screen ] == 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (stdcmap[i].visualid == vid) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appcolormap_arr[ screen ] =
|
|
|
|
|
stdcmap[i].colormap;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
i++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XFree( (char *)stdcmap );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (TQPaintDevice::x_appcolormap_arr[ screen ] == 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appcolormap_arr[ screen ] =
|
|
|
|
|
DefaultColormap(appDpy, screen);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
// create a custom colormap
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appcolormap_arr[ screen ] =
|
|
|
|
|
XCreateColormap(appDpy, TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( screen ),
|
|
|
|
|
vis, AllocNone);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Set X paintdevice parameters for the default screen
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appdepth = TQPaintDevice::x_appdepth_arr[ appScreen ];
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appcells = TQPaintDevice::x_appcells_arr[ appScreen ];
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_approotwindow = TQPaintDevice::x_approotwindow_arr[ appScreen ];
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appcolormap = TQPaintDevice::x_appcolormap_arr[ appScreen ];
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appdefcolormap = TQPaintDevice::x_appdefcolormap_arr[ appScreen ];
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appvisual = TQPaintDevice::x_appvisual_arr[ appScreen ];
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x_appdefvisual = TQPaintDevice::x_appdefvisual_arr[ appScreen ];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Support protocols
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "WM_PROTOCOLS", &tqt_wm_protocols );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", &tqt_wm_delete_window );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "WM_STATE", &tqt_wm_state );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "WM_CHANGE_STATE", &qt_wm_change_state );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", &tqt_wm_take_focus );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", &qt_wm_client_leader);
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "WM_WINDOW_ROLE", &tqt_window_role);
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "SM_CLIENT_ID", &tqt_sm_client_id);
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "CLIPBOARD", &qt_xa_clipboard );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "RESOURCE_MANAGER", &qt_resource_manager );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "INCR", &qt_x_incr );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_XSETROOT_ID", &qt_xsetroot_id );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_QT_SELECTION", &qt_selection_property );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_QT_CLIPBOARD_SENTINEL", &tqt_clipboard_sentinel );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_QT_SELECTION_SENTINEL", &qt_selection_sentinel );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_QT_SCROLL_DONE", &qt_qt_scrolldone );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_QT_INPUT_ENCODING", &qt_input_encoding );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_QT_SIZEGRIP", &qt_sizegrip );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_CONTEXT_HELP", &qt_net_wm_context_help );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_PING", &qt_net_wm_ping );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_MOTIF_WM_HINTS", &qt_xa_motif_wm_hints );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "DTWM_IS_RUNNING", &qt_cde_running );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "KWIN_RUNNING", &qt_twin_running );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "KWM_RUNNING", &qt_kwm_running );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "GNOME_BACKGROUND_PROPERTIES", &qt_gbackground_properties );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString atomname("_QT_SETTINGS_TIMESTAMP_");
|
|
|
|
|
atomname += XDisplayName(appDpyName);
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( atomname.latin1(), &qt_settings_timestamp );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_SUPPORTED", &qt_net_supported );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_VIRTUAL_ROOTS", &qt_net_virtual_roots );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WORKAREA", &qt_net_workarea );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_STATE", &qt_net_wm_state );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_STATE_MODAL", &qt_net_wm_state_modal );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT", &qt_net_wm_state_max_v );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ", &qt_net_wm_state_max_h );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", &qt_net_wm_state_fullscreen );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_STATE_ABOVE", &qt_net_wm_state_above );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_ALLOWED_ACTIONS", &qt_net_wm_action );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_ACTION_MOVE", &qt_net_wm_action_move );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_ACTION_RESIZE", &qt_net_wm_action_resize );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_ACTION_MINIMIZE", &qt_net_wm_action_minimize );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_ACTION_SHADE", &qt_net_wm_action_shade );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_ACTION_STICK", &qt_net_wm_action_stick );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_ACTION_MAXIMIZE_HORZ", &qt_net_wm_action_max_h );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_ACTION_MAXIMIZE_VERT", &qt_net_wm_action_max_v );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_ACTION_FULLSCREEN", &qt_net_wm_action_fullscreen );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_ACTION_CHANGE_DESKTOP", &qt_net_wm_action_change_desktop );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_ACTION_CLOSE", &qt_net_wm_action_close );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_ACTION_ABOVE", &qt_net_wm_action_above );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_ACTION_BELOW", &qt_net_wm_action_below );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", &qt_net_wm_window_type );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_NORMAL", &qt_net_wm_window_type_normal );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_DIALOG", &qt_net_wm_window_type_dialog );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLBAR", &qt_net_wm_window_type_toolbar );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_MENU", &qt_net_wm_window_type_menu );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_UTILITY", &qt_net_wm_window_type_utility );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_SPLASH", &qt_net_wm_window_type_splash );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_KDE_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_OVERRIDE", &qt_net_wm_window_type_override );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_DROPDOWN_MENU", &qt_net_wm_window_type_dropdown_menu );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_POPUP_MENU", &qt_net_wm_window_type_popup_menu );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP", &qt_net_wm_window_type_tooltip );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_COMBO", &qt_net_wm_window_type_combo );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_DND", &qt_net_wm_window_type_dnd );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_KDE_NET_WM_FRAME_STRUT", &qt_net_wm_frame_strut );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_STATE_STAYS_ON_TOP",
|
|
|
|
|
&qt_net_wm_state_stays_on_top );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_PID", &qt_net_wm_pid );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_USER_TIME", &qt_net_wm_user_time );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_FULL_PLACEMENT", &qt_net_wm_full_placement );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "ENLIGHTENMENT_DESKTOP", &qt_enlightenment_desktop );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_NAME", &qt_net_wm_name );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", &qt_net_wm_icon_name );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "UTF8_STRING", &qt_utf8_string );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_SGI_DESKS_MANAGER", &qt_sgi_desks_manager );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_XSYNC
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_SYNC_REQUEST_COUNTER", &qt_net_wm_sync_request_counter );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_intern_atom( "_NET_WM_SYNC_REQUEST", &qt_net_wm_sync_request );
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
qt_xdnd_setup();
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_motifdnd_init();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Finally create all atoms
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_process_intern_atoms();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// look for broken window managers
|
|
|
|
|
qt_detect_broken_window_manager();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// initialize NET lists
|
|
|
|
|
qt_get_net_supported();
|
|
|
|
|
qt_get_net_virtual_roots();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_XRANDR
|
|
|
|
|
// See if XRandR is supported on the connected display
|
|
|
|
|
int xrandr_errorbase;
|
|
|
|
|
Q_UNUSED( xrandr_eventbase );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( XRRQueryExtension( appDpy, &xrandr_eventbase, &xrandr_errorbase ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// XRandR is supported
|
|
|
|
|
qt_use_xrandr = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // TQT_NO_XRANDR
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_XRENDER
|
|
|
|
|
// See if XRender is supported on the connected display
|
|
|
|
|
int xrender_eventbase, xrender_errorbase;
|
|
|
|
|
if (XRenderQueryExtension(appDpy, &xrender_eventbase, &xrender_errorbase)) {
|
|
|
|
|
// XRender is supported, let's see if we have a PictFormat for the
|
|
|
|
|
// default visual
|
|
|
|
|
XRenderPictFormat *format =
|
|
|
|
|
XRenderFindVisualFormat(appDpy,
|
|
|
|
|
(Visual *) TQPaintDevice::x_appvisual);
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_use_xrender = (format != 0) && (TQPaintDevice::x_appdepth != 8);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // TQT_NO_XRENDER
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_XSYNC
|
|
|
|
|
// Try to initialize SYNC extension on the connected display
|
|
|
|
|
int xsync_major, xsync_minor;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( XSyncQueryExtension( appDpy, &xsync_eventbase, &xsync_errorbase ) &&
|
|
|
|
|
XSyncInitialize( appDpy, &xsync_major, &xsync_minor ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
qt_use_xsync = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_XKB
|
|
|
|
|
// If XKB is detected, set the GrabsUseXKBState option so input method
|
|
|
|
|
// compositions continue to work (ie. deadkeys)
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int state = XkbPCF_GrabsUseXKBStateMask;
|
|
|
|
|
(void) XkbSetPerClientControls(appDpy, state, &state);
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if !defined(TQT_NO_XFTFREETYPE)
|
|
|
|
|
// defined in qfont_x11.cpp
|
|
|
|
|
extern bool tqt_has_xft;
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_XFT2
|
|
|
|
|
if (!tqt_use_xrender)
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_has_xft = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_has_xft = XftInit(0) && XftInitFtLibrary();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (tqt_has_xft) {
|
|
|
|
|
char *dpi_str = XGetDefault(appDpy, "Xft", "dpi");
|
|
|
|
|
if (dpi_str) {
|
|
|
|
|
// use a custom DPI
|
|
|
|
|
char *end = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int dpi = strtol(dpi_str, &end, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
if (dpi_str != end) {
|
|
|
|
|
for (int s = 0; s < ScreenCount(appDpy); ++s) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x11SetAppDpiX(dpi, s);
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x11SetAppDpiY(dpi, s);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // TQT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// look at the modifier mapping, and get the correct masks for alt/meta
|
|
|
|
|
// find the alt/meta masks
|
|
|
|
|
XModifierKeymap *map = XGetModifierMapping(appDpy);
|
|
|
|
|
if (map) {
|
|
|
|
|
int i, maskIndex = 0, mapIndex = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
for (maskIndex = 0; maskIndex < 8; maskIndex++) {
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < map->max_keypermod; i++) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (map->modifiermap[mapIndex]) {
|
|
|
|
|
KeySym sym = qt_x11_keycode_to_keysym(appDpy, map->modifiermap[ mapIndex ]);
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_alt_mask == 0 &&
|
|
|
|
|
( sym == XK_Alt_L || sym == XK_Alt_R ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
qt_alt_mask = 1 << maskIndex;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_meta_mask == 0 &&
|
|
|
|
|
(sym == XK_Meta_L || sym == XK_Meta_R ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
qt_meta_mask = 1 << maskIndex;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
mapIndex++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// not look for mode_switch in qt_alt_mask and qt_meta_mask - if it is
|
|
|
|
|
// present in one or both, then we set qt_mode_switch_remove_mask.
|
|
|
|
|
// see TQETWidget::translateKeyEventInternal for an explanation
|
|
|
|
|
// of why this is needed
|
|
|
|
|
mapIndex = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
for ( maskIndex = 0; maskIndex < 8; maskIndex++ ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_alt_mask != ( 1 << maskIndex ) &&
|
|
|
|
|
qt_meta_mask != ( 1 << maskIndex ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < map->max_keypermod; i++ )
|
|
|
|
|
mapIndex++;
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < map->max_keypermod; i++ ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( map->modifiermap[ mapIndex ] ) {
|
|
|
|
|
KeySym sym = qt_x11_keycode_to_keysym(appDpy, map->modifiermap[ mapIndex ]);
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sym == XK_Mode_switch ) {
|
|
|
|
|
qt_mode_switch_remove_mask |= 1 << maskIndex;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
mapIndex++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XFreeModifiermap(map);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
// assume defaults
|
|
|
|
|
qt_alt_mask = Mod1Mask;
|
|
|
|
|
qt_meta_mask = Mod4Mask;
|
|
|
|
|
qt_mode_switch_remove_mask = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Misc. initialization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQColor::initialize();
|
|
|
|
|
TQFont::initialize();
|
|
|
|
|
TQCursor::initialize();
|
|
|
|
|
TQPainter::initialize();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT)
|
|
|
|
|
TQThread::initialize();
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if( tqt_is_gui_used ) {
|
|
|
|
|
tqApp->setName( appName );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int screen;
|
|
|
|
|
for ( screen = 0; screen < appScreenCount; ++screen ) {
|
|
|
|
|
XSelectInput( appDpy, TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( screen ),
|
|
|
|
|
KeymapStateMask | EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask |
|
|
|
|
|
PropertyChangeMask );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_XRANDR
|
|
|
|
|
if (qt_use_xrandr)
|
|
|
|
|
XRRSelectInput( appDpy, TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( screen ), True );
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // TQT_NO_XRANDR
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( tqt_is_gui_used ) {
|
|
|
|
|
qt_set_input_encoding();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
qt_set_x11_resources( appFont, appFGCol, appBGCol, appBTNCol);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// be smart about the size of the default font. most X servers have helvetica
|
|
|
|
|
// 12 point available at 2 resolutions:
|
|
|
|
|
// 75dpi (12 pixels) and 100dpi (17 pixels).
|
|
|
|
|
// At 95 DPI, a 12 point font should be 16 pixels tall - in which case a 17
|
|
|
|
|
// pixel font is a closer match than a 12 pixel font
|
|
|
|
|
int ptsz =
|
|
|
|
|
(int) ( ( ( TQPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY() >= 95 ? 17. : 12. ) *
|
|
|
|
|
72. / (float) TQPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY() ) + 0.5 );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !tqt_app_has_font && !qt_x11_cmdline_font ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQFont f( "Helvetica", ptsz );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setFont( f );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if !defined(TQT_NO_IM)
|
|
|
|
|
#if !defined(TQT_NO_IM_EXTENSIONS)
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::create_im();
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::create_xim();
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined (QT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
|
|
|
|
|
int ndev,
|
|
|
|
|
i,
|
|
|
|
|
j;
|
|
|
|
|
bool gotStylus,
|
|
|
|
|
gotEraser;
|
|
|
|
|
XDeviceInfo *devices, *devs;
|
|
|
|
|
XInputClassInfo *ip;
|
|
|
|
|
XAnyClassPtr any;
|
|
|
|
|
XValuatorInfoPtr v;
|
|
|
|
|
XAxisInfoPtr a;
|
|
|
|
|
XDevice *dev;
|
|
|
|
|
XEventClass *ev_class;
|
|
|
|
|
int curr_event_count;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if !defined(Q_OS_IRIX)
|
|
|
|
|
// XFree86 divides a stylus and eraser into 2 devices, so we must do for both...
|
|
|
|
|
const TQString XFREENAMESTYLUS = "stylus";
|
|
|
|
|
const TQString XFREENAMEPEN = "pen";
|
|
|
|
|
const TQString XFREENAMEERASER = "eraser";
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
devices = XListInputDevices( appDpy, &ndev);
|
|
|
|
|
if ( devices == NULL ) {
|
|
|
|
|
tqWarning( "Failed to get list of devices" );
|
|
|
|
|
ndev = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
dev = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
for ( devs = devices, i = 0; i < ndev; i++, devs++ ) {
|
|
|
|
|
gotEraser = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_OS_IRIX)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gotStylus = ( !strncmp(devs->name,
|
|
|
|
|
WACOM_NAME, sizeof(WACOM_NAME) - 1) );
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
TQString devName = devs->name;
|
|
|
|
|
devName = devName.lower();
|
|
|
|
|
gotStylus = ( devName.startsWith(XFREENAMEPEN)
|
|
|
|
|
|| devName.startsWith(XFREENAMESTYLUS) );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !gotStylus )
|
|
|
|
|
gotEraser = devName.startsWith( XFREENAMEERASER );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
if ( gotStylus || gotEraser ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// I only wanted to do this once, so wrap pointers around these
|
|
|
|
|
curr_event_count = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( gotStylus ) {
|
|
|
|
|
devStylus = XOpenDevice( appDpy, devs->id );
|
|
|
|
|
dev = devStylus;
|
|
|
|
|
ev_class = event_list_stylus;
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( gotEraser ) {
|
|
|
|
|
devEraser = XOpenDevice( appDpy, devs->id );
|
|
|
|
|
dev = devEraser;
|
|
|
|
|
ev_class = event_list_eraser;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( dev == NULL ) {
|
|
|
|
|
tqWarning( "Failed to open device" );
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( dev->num_classes > 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
|
for ( ip = dev->classes, j = 0; j < devs->num_classes;
|
|
|
|
|
ip++, j++ ) {
|
|
|
|
|
switch ( ip->input_class ) {
|
|
|
|
|
case KeyClass:
|
|
|
|
|
DeviceKeyPress( dev, xinput_key_press,
|
|
|
|
|
ev_class[curr_event_count] );
|
|
|
|
|
curr_event_count++;
|
|
|
|
|
DeviceKeyRelease( dev, xinput_key_release,
|
|
|
|
|
ev_class[curr_event_count] );
|
|
|
|
|
curr_event_count++;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case ButtonClass:
|
|
|
|
|
DeviceButtonPress( dev, xinput_button_press,
|
|
|
|
|
ev_class[curr_event_count] );
|
|
|
|
|
curr_event_count++;
|
|
|
|
|
DeviceButtonRelease( dev, xinput_button_release,
|
|
|
|
|
ev_class[curr_event_count] );
|
|
|
|
|
curr_event_count++;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case ValuatorClass:
|
|
|
|
|
// I'm only going to be interested in motion when the
|
|
|
|
|
// stylus is already down anyway!
|
|
|
|
|
DeviceMotionNotify( dev, xinput_motion,
|
|
|
|
|
ev_class[curr_event_count] );
|
|
|
|
|
curr_event_count++;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
// get the min/max value for pressure!
|
|
|
|
|
any = (XAnyClassPtr) ( devs->inputclassinfo );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( dev == devStylus ) {
|
|
|
|
|
qt_curr_events_stylus = curr_event_count;
|
|
|
|
|
for (j = 0; j < devs->num_classes; j++) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( any->c_class == ValuatorClass ) {
|
|
|
|
|
v = (XValuatorInfoPtr) any;
|
|
|
|
|
a = (XAxisInfoPtr) ((char *) v +
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof (XValuatorInfo));
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined (Q_OS_IRIX)
|
|
|
|
|
max_pressure = a[WAC_PRESSURE_I].max_value;
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
max_pressure = a[2].max_value;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
// got the max pressure no need to go further...
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
any = (XAnyClassPtr) ((char *) any + any->length);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
qt_curr_events_eraser = curr_event_count;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
// at this point we are assuming there is only one
|
|
|
|
|
// wacom device...
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined (Q_OS_IRIX)
|
|
|
|
|
if ( devStylus != NULL ) {
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
if ( devStylus != NULL && devEraser != NULL ) {
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} // end for loop
|
|
|
|
|
XFreeDeviceList( devices );
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_TABLET_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
// read some non-GUI settings when not using the X server...
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( TQApplication::desktopSettingsAware() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQSettings settings;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// read library (ie. plugin) path list
|
|
|
|
|
TQString libpathkey = TQString("/qt/%1.%2/libraryPath")
|
|
|
|
|
.arg( TQT_VERSION >> 16 )
|
|
|
|
|
.arg( (TQT_VERSION & 0xff00 ) >> 8 );
|
|
|
|
|
TQStringList pathlist =
|
|
|
|
|
settings.readListEntry(libpathkey, ':');
|
|
|
|
|
if (! pathlist.isEmpty()) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQStringList::ConstIterator it = pathlist.begin();
|
|
|
|
|
while (it != pathlist.end())
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::addLibraryPath(*it++);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString defaultcodec = settings.readEntry("/qt/defaultCodec", "none");
|
|
|
|
|
if (defaultcodec != "none") {
|
|
|
|
|
TQTextCodec *codec = TQTextCodec::codecForName(defaultcodec);
|
|
|
|
|
if (codec)
|
|
|
|
|
tqApp->setDefaultCodec(codec);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_resolve_symlinks =
|
|
|
|
|
settings.readBoolEntry("/qt/resolveSymlinks", TRUE);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_STYLE
|
|
|
|
|
// run-time search for default style
|
|
|
|
|
void TQApplication::x11_initialize_style()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
Atom type;
|
|
|
|
|
int format;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned long length, after;
|
|
|
|
|
uchar *data;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !app_style &&
|
|
|
|
|
XGetWindowProperty( appDpy, TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(), qt_twin_running,
|
|
|
|
|
0, 1, False, AnyPropertyType, &type, &format, &length,
|
|
|
|
|
&after, &data ) == Success && length ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( data ) XFree( (char *)data );
|
|
|
|
|
// twin is there. check if KDE's styles are available,
|
|
|
|
|
// otherwise use windows style
|
|
|
|
|
if ( (app_style = TQStyleFactory::create("highcolor") ) == 0 )
|
|
|
|
|
app_style = TQStyleFactory::create("windows");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !app_style &&
|
|
|
|
|
XGetWindowProperty( appDpy, TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(), qt_kwm_running,
|
|
|
|
|
0, 1, False, AnyPropertyType, &type, &format, &length,
|
|
|
|
|
&after, &data ) == Success && length ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( data ) XFree( (char *)data );
|
|
|
|
|
app_style = TQStyleFactory::create("windows");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !app_style &&
|
|
|
|
|
XGetWindowProperty( appDpy, TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(), qt_cde_running,
|
|
|
|
|
0, 1, False, AnyPropertyType, &type, &format, &length,
|
|
|
|
|
&after, &data ) == Success && length ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// DTWM is running, meaning most likely CDE is running...
|
|
|
|
|
if ( data ) XFree( (char *) data );
|
|
|
|
|
app_style = TQStyleFactory::create( "cde" );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
// maybe another desktop?
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !app_style &&
|
|
|
|
|
XGetWindowProperty( appDpy, TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(),
|
|
|
|
|
qt_gbackground_properties, 0, 1, False, AnyPropertyType,
|
|
|
|
|
&type, &format, &length, &after, &data ) == Success &&
|
|
|
|
|
length ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( data ) XFree( (char *)data );
|
|
|
|
|
// default to MotifPlus with hovering
|
|
|
|
|
app_style = TQStyleFactory::create("motifplus" );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void tqt_init( int *argcptr, char **argv, TQApplication::Type )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_init_internal( argcptr, argv, 0, 0, 0 );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void tqt_init( Display *display, TQt::HANDLE visual, TQt::HANDLE colormap )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_init_internal( 0, 0, display, visual, colormap );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void tqt_init( int *argcptr, char **argv, Display *display, TQt::HANDLE visual, TQt::HANDLE colormap )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_init_internal( argcptr, argv, display, visual, colormap );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_cleanup() - cleans up when the application is finished
|
|
|
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void tqt_cleanup()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
appliedstamp = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( app_save_rootinfo ) // root window must keep state
|
|
|
|
|
qt_save_rootinfo();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( tqt_is_gui_used ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQPixmapCache::clear();
|
|
|
|
|
TQPainter::cleanup();
|
|
|
|
|
TQCursor::cleanup();
|
|
|
|
|
TQFont::cleanup();
|
|
|
|
|
TQColor::cleanup();
|
|
|
|
|
TQSharedDoubleBuffer::cleanup();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT)
|
|
|
|
|
TQThread::cleanup();
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined (QT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
|
|
|
|
|
if ( devStylus != NULL )
|
|
|
|
|
XCloseDevice( appDpy, devStylus );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( devEraser != NULL )
|
|
|
|
|
XCloseDevice( appDpy, devEraser );
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if !defined(TQT_NO_IM)
|
|
|
|
|
#if !defined(TQT_NO_IM_EXTENSIONS)
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::close_im();
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::close_xim();
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( tqt_is_gui_used ) {
|
|
|
|
|
int screen;
|
|
|
|
|
for ( screen = 0; screen < appScreenCount; screen++ ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ! TQPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultColormap( screen ) )
|
|
|
|
|
XFreeColormap( TQPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay(),
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x11AppColormap( screen ) );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define QT_CLEANUP_GC(g) if (g) { for (int i=0;i<appScreenCount;i++){if(g[i])XFreeGC(appDpy,g[i]);} delete [] g; g = 0; }
|
|
|
|
|
QT_CLEANUP_GC(app_gc_ro);
|
|
|
|
|
QT_CLEANUP_GC(app_gc_ro_m);
|
|
|
|
|
QT_CLEANUP_GC(app_gc_tmp);
|
|
|
|
|
QT_CLEANUP_GC(app_gc_tmp_m);
|
|
|
|
|
#undef QT_CLEANUP_GC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
delete sip_list;
|
|
|
|
|
sip_list = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Reset the error handlers
|
|
|
|
|
XSetErrorHandler( original_x_errhandler );
|
|
|
|
|
XSetIOErrorHandler( original_xio_errhandler );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( tqt_is_gui_used && !appForeignDpy )
|
|
|
|
|
XCloseDisplay( appDpy ); // close X display
|
|
|
|
|
appDpy = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
qt_x11_wm_client_leader = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( TQPaintDevice::x_appdepth_arr )
|
|
|
|
|
delete [] TQPaintDevice::x_appdepth_arr;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( TQPaintDevice::x_appcells_arr )
|
|
|
|
|
delete [] TQPaintDevice::x_appcells_arr;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( TQPaintDevice::x_appcolormap_arr )
|
|
|
|
|
delete []TQPaintDevice::x_appcolormap_arr;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( TQPaintDevice::x_appdefcolormap_arr )
|
|
|
|
|
delete [] TQPaintDevice::x_appdefcolormap_arr;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( TQPaintDevice::x_appvisual_arr )
|
|
|
|
|
delete [] TQPaintDevice::x_appvisual_arr;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( TQPaintDevice::x_appdefvisual_arr )
|
|
|
|
|
delete [] TQPaintDevice::x_appdefvisual_arr;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( appForeignDpy ) {
|
|
|
|
|
delete [] (char *)appName;
|
|
|
|
|
appName = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
delete [] (char *)appClass;
|
|
|
|
|
appClass = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (qt_net_supported_list)
|
|
|
|
|
delete [] qt_net_supported_list;
|
|
|
|
|
qt_net_supported_list = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (qt_net_virtual_root_list)
|
|
|
|
|
delete [] qt_net_virtual_root_list;
|
|
|
|
|
qt_net_virtual_root_list = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|
Platform specific global and internal functions
|
|
|
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void qt_save_rootinfo() // save new root info
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
Atom type;
|
|
|
|
|
int format;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned long length, after;
|
|
|
|
|
uchar *data;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_xsetroot_id ) { // kill old pixmap
|
|
|
|
|
if ( XGetWindowProperty( appDpy, TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(),
|
|
|
|
|
qt_xsetroot_id, 0, 1,
|
|
|
|
|
True, AnyPropertyType, &type, &format,
|
|
|
|
|
&length, &after, &data ) == Success ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( type == XA_PIXMAP && format == 32 && length == 1 &&
|
|
|
|
|
after == 0 && data ) {
|
|
|
|
|
XKillClient( appDpy, *((Pixmap*)data) );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Pixmap dummy = XCreatePixmap( appDpy, TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(),
|
|
|
|
|
1, 1, 1 );
|
|
|
|
|
XChangeProperty( appDpy, TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(),
|
|
|
|
|
qt_xsetroot_id, XA_PIXMAP, 32,
|
|
|
|
|
PropModeReplace, (uchar *)&dummy, 1 );
|
|
|
|
|
XSetCloseDownMode( appDpy, RetainPermanent );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( data )
|
|
|
|
|
XFree( (char *)data );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void qt_updated_rootinfo()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
app_save_rootinfo = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool qt_wstate_iconified( WId winid )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
Atom type;
|
|
|
|
|
int format;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned long length, after;
|
|
|
|
|
uchar *data;
|
|
|
|
|
int r = XGetWindowProperty( appDpy, winid, tqt_wm_state, 0, 2,
|
|
|
|
|
False, AnyPropertyType, &type, &format,
|
|
|
|
|
&length, &after, &data );
|
|
|
|
|
bool iconic = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( r == Success && data && format == 32 ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// TQ_UINT32 *wstate = (TQ_UINT32*)data;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned long *wstate = (unsigned long *) data;
|
|
|
|
|
iconic = (*wstate == IconicState );
|
|
|
|
|
XFree( (char *)data );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return iconic;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const char *tqAppName() // get application name
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return appName;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const char *tqAppClass() // get application class
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return appClass;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Display *tqt_xdisplay() // get current X display
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return appDpy;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int tqt_xscreen() // get current X screen
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return appScreen;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ### REMOVE 4.0
|
|
|
|
|
WId tqt_xrootwin() // get X root window
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WId tqt_xrootwin( int scrn ) // get X root window for screen
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( scrn );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool qt_nograb() // application no-grab option
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(QT_DEBUG)
|
|
|
|
|
return appNoGrab;
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static GC create_gc( int scrn, bool monochrome )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
GC gc;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( monochrome ) {
|
|
|
|
|
Pixmap pm = XCreatePixmap( appDpy, RootWindow( appDpy, scrn ), 8, 8, 1 );
|
|
|
|
|
gc = XCreateGC( appDpy, pm, 0, 0 );
|
|
|
|
|
XFreePixmap( appDpy, pm );
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( TQPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultVisual( scrn ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
gc = XCreateGC( appDpy, RootWindow( appDpy, scrn ), 0, 0 );
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
Window w;
|
|
|
|
|
XSetWindowAttributes a;
|
|
|
|
|
a.background_pixel = TQt::black.pixel( scrn );
|
|
|
|
|
a.border_pixel = TQt::black.pixel( scrn );
|
|
|
|
|
a.colormap = TQPaintDevice::x11AppColormap( scrn );
|
|
|
|
|
w = XCreateWindow( appDpy, RootWindow( appDpy, scrn ), 0, 0, 100, 100,
|
|
|
|
|
0, TQPaintDevice::x11AppDepth( scrn ), InputOutput,
|
|
|
|
|
(Visual*)TQPaintDevice::x11AppVisual( scrn ),
|
|
|
|
|
CWBackPixel|CWBorderPixel|CWColormap, &a );
|
|
|
|
|
gc = XCreateGC( appDpy, w, 0, 0 );
|
|
|
|
|
XDestroyWindow( appDpy, w );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
XSetGraphicsExposures( appDpy, gc, False );
|
|
|
|
|
return gc;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GC tqt_xget_readonly_gc( int scrn, bool monochrome ) // get read-only GC
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( scrn < 0 || scrn >= appScreenCount ) {
|
|
|
|
|
tqDebug("invalid screen %d %d", scrn, appScreenCount );
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget* bla = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
bla->setName("hello");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
GC gc;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( monochrome ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !app_gc_ro_m ) // create GC for bitmap
|
|
|
|
|
memset( (app_gc_ro_m = new GC[appScreenCount]), 0, appScreenCount * sizeof( GC ) );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !app_gc_ro_m[scrn] )
|
|
|
|
|
app_gc_ro_m[scrn] = create_gc( scrn, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
|
gc = app_gc_ro_m[scrn];
|
|
|
|
|
} else { // create standard GC
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !app_gc_ro )
|
|
|
|
|
memset( (app_gc_ro = new GC[appScreenCount]), 0, appScreenCount * sizeof( GC ) );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !app_gc_ro[scrn] )
|
|
|
|
|
app_gc_ro[scrn] = create_gc( scrn, FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
gc = app_gc_ro[scrn];
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return gc;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GC tqt_xget_temp_gc( int scrn, bool monochrome ) // get temporary GC
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( scrn < 0 || scrn >= appScreenCount ) {
|
|
|
|
|
tqDebug("invalid screen (tmp) %d %d", scrn, appScreenCount );
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget* bla = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
bla->setName("hello");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
GC gc;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( monochrome ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !app_gc_tmp_m ) // create GC for bitmap
|
|
|
|
|
memset( (app_gc_tmp_m = new GC[appScreenCount]), 0, appScreenCount * sizeof( GC ) );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !app_gc_tmp_m[scrn] )
|
|
|
|
|
app_gc_tmp_m[scrn] = create_gc( scrn, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
|
gc = app_gc_tmp_m[scrn];
|
|
|
|
|
} else { // create standard GC
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !app_gc_tmp )
|
|
|
|
|
memset( (app_gc_tmp = new GC[appScreenCount]), 0, appScreenCount * sizeof( GC ) );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !app_gc_tmp[scrn] )
|
|
|
|
|
app_gc_tmp[scrn] = create_gc( scrn, FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
gc = app_gc_tmp[scrn];
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return gc;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|
Platform specific TQApplication members
|
|
|
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
\fn TQWidget *TQApplication::mainWidget() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the main application widget, or 0 if there is no main
|
|
|
|
|
widget.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setMainWidget()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
Sets the application's main widget to \a mainWidget.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In most respects the main widget is like any other widget, except
|
|
|
|
|
that if it is closed, the application exits. Note that
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication does \e not take ownership of the \a mainWidget, so
|
|
|
|
|
if you create your main widget on the heap you must delete it
|
|
|
|
|
yourself.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You need not have a main widget; connecting lastWindowClosed() to
|
|
|
|
|
quit() is an alternative.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For X11, this function also resizes and moves the main widget
|
|
|
|
|
according to the \e -geometry command-line option, so you should
|
|
|
|
|
set the default geometry (using \l TQWidget::setGeometry()) before
|
|
|
|
|
calling setMainWidget().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa mainWidget(), exec(), quit()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQApplication::setMainWidget( TQWidget *mainWidget )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
|
|
|
|
|
if ( mainWidget && mainWidget->parentWidget() &&
|
|
|
|
|
! mainWidget->parentWidget()->isDesktop() )
|
|
|
|
|
tqWarning( "TQApplication::setMainWidget(): New main widget (%s/%s) "
|
|
|
|
|
"has a parent!",
|
|
|
|
|
mainWidget->className(), mainWidget->name() );
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
main_widget = mainWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( main_widget ) { // give WM command line
|
|
|
|
|
XSetWMProperties( main_widget->x11Display(), main_widget->winId(),
|
|
|
|
|
0, 0, app_argv, app_argc, 0, 0, 0 );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( mwTitle )
|
|
|
|
|
XStoreName( main_widget->x11Display(), main_widget->winId(), (char*)mwTitle );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( mwGeometry ) { // parse geometry
|
|
|
|
|
int x, y;
|
|
|
|
|
int w, h;
|
|
|
|
|
int m = XParseGeometry( (char*)mwGeometry, &x, &y, (uint*)&w, (uint*)&h );
|
|
|
|
|
TQSize minSize = main_widget->minimumSize();
|
|
|
|
|
TQSize maxSize = main_widget->maximumSize();
|
|
|
|
|
if ( (m & XValue) == 0 )
|
|
|
|
|
x = main_widget->geometry().x();
|
|
|
|
|
if ( (m & YValue) == 0 )
|
|
|
|
|
y = main_widget->geometry().y();
|
|
|
|
|
if ( (m & WidthValue) == 0 )
|
|
|
|
|
w = main_widget->width();
|
|
|
|
|
if ( (m & HeightValue) == 0 )
|
|
|
|
|
h = main_widget->height();
|
|
|
|
|
w = TQMIN(w,maxSize.width());
|
|
|
|
|
h = TQMIN(h,maxSize.height());
|
|
|
|
|
w = TQMAX(w,minSize.width());
|
|
|
|
|
h = TQMAX(h,minSize.height());
|
|
|
|
|
if ( (m & XNegative) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
x = desktop()->width() + x - w;
|
|
|
|
|
qt_widget_tlw_gravity = NorthEastGravity;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( (m & YNegative) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
y = desktop()->height() + y - h;
|
|
|
|
|
qt_widget_tlw_gravity = (m & XNegative) ? SouthEastGravity : SouthWestGravity;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
main_widget->setGeometry( x, y, w, h );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication cursor stack
|
|
|
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
extern void tqt_x11_enforce_cursor( TQWidget * w );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
typedef TQPtrList<TQCursor> TQCursorList;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static TQCursorList *cursorStack = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
\fn TQCursor *TQApplication::overrideCursor()
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the active application override cursor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function returns 0 if no application cursor has been defined
|
|
|
|
|
(i.e. the internal cursor stack is empty).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setOverrideCursor(), restoreOverrideCursor()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
Sets the application override cursor to \a cursor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application override cursors are intended for showing the user
|
|
|
|
|
that the application is in a special state, for example during an
|
|
|
|
|
operation that might take some time.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This cursor will be displayed in all the application's widgets
|
|
|
|
|
until restoreOverrideCursor() or another setOverrideCursor() is
|
|
|
|
|
called.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application cursors are stored on an internal stack.
|
|
|
|
|
setOverrideCursor() pushes the cursor onto the stack, and
|
|
|
|
|
restoreOverrideCursor() pops the active cursor off the stack.
|
|
|
|
|
Every setOverrideCursor() must eventually be followed by a
|
|
|
|
|
corresponding restoreOverrideCursor(), otherwise the stack will
|
|
|
|
|
never be emptied.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a replace is TRUE, the new cursor will replace the last
|
|
|
|
|
override cursor (the stack keeps its depth). If \a replace is
|
|
|
|
|
FALSE, the new stack is pushed onto the top of the stack.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setOverrideCursor( TQCursor(TQt::WaitCursor) );
|
|
|
|
|
calculateHugeMandelbrot(); // lunch time...
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
|
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa overrideCursor(), restoreOverrideCursor(), TQWidget::setCursor()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQApplication::setOverrideCursor( const TQCursor &cursor, bool replace )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !cursorStack ) {
|
|
|
|
|
cursorStack = new TQCursorList;
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_CHECK_PTR( cursorStack );
|
|
|
|
|
cursorStack->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
app_cursor = new TQCursor( cursor );
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_CHECK_PTR( app_cursor );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( replace )
|
|
|
|
|
cursorStack->removeLast();
|
|
|
|
|
cursorStack->append( app_cursor );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidgetIntDictIt it( *((TQWidgetIntDict*)TQWidget::mapper) );
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w;
|
|
|
|
|
while ( (w=it.current()) ) { // for all widgets that have
|
|
|
|
|
if ( w->testWState( WState_OwnCursor ) )
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_x11_enforce_cursor( w );
|
|
|
|
|
++it;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
XFlush( appDpy ); // make X execute it NOW
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
Undoes the last setOverrideCursor().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If setOverrideCursor() has been called twice, calling
|
|
|
|
|
restoreOverrideCursor() will activate the first cursor set.
|
|
|
|
|
Calling this function a second time restores the original widgets'
|
|
|
|
|
cursors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setOverrideCursor(), overrideCursor().
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQApplication::restoreOverrideCursor()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !cursorStack ) // no cursor stack
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
cursorStack->removeLast();
|
|
|
|
|
app_cursor = cursorStack->last();
|
|
|
|
|
if ( TQWidget::mapper != 0 && !closingDown() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidgetIntDictIt it( *((TQWidgetIntDict*)TQWidget::mapper) );
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w;
|
|
|
|
|
while ( (w=it.current()) ) { // set back to original cursors
|
|
|
|
|
if ( w->testWState( WState_OwnCursor ) )
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_x11_enforce_cursor( w );
|
|
|
|
|
++it;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
XFlush( appDpy );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !app_cursor ) {
|
|
|
|
|
delete cursorStack;
|
|
|
|
|
cursorStack = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
\fn bool TQApplication::hasGlobalMouseTracking()
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if global mouse tracking is enabled; otherwise
|
|
|
|
|
returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setGlobalMouseTracking()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
Enables global mouse tracking if \a enable is TRUE, or disables it
|
|
|
|
|
if \a enable is FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Enabling global mouse tracking makes it possible for widget event
|
|
|
|
|
filters or application event filters to get all mouse move events,
|
|
|
|
|
even when no button is depressed. This is useful for special GUI
|
|
|
|
|
elements, e.g. tooltips.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global mouse tracking does not affect widgets and their
|
|
|
|
|
mouseMoveEvent(). For a widget to get mouse move events when no
|
|
|
|
|
button is depressed, it must do TQWidget::setMouseTracking(TRUE).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function uses an internal counter. Each
|
|
|
|
|
setGlobalMouseTracking(TRUE) must have a corresponding
|
|
|
|
|
setGlobalMouseTracking(FALSE):
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
|
// at this point global mouse tracking is off
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setGlobalMouseTracking( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setGlobalMouseTracking( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setGlobalMouseTracking( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
// at this point it's still on
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::setGlobalMouseTracking( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
// but now it's off
|
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa hasGlobalMouseTracking(), TQWidget::hasMouseTracking()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQApplication::setGlobalMouseTracking( bool enable )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bool tellAllWidgets;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( enable ) {
|
|
|
|
|
tellAllWidgets = (++app_tracking == 1);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
tellAllWidgets = (--app_tracking == 0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( tellAllWidgets ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidgetIntDictIt it( *((TQWidgetIntDict*)TQWidget::mapper) );
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w;
|
|
|
|
|
while ( (w=it.current()) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( app_tracking > 0 ) { // switch on
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !w->testWState(WState_MouseTracking) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
w->setMouseTracking( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
|
w->clearWState( WState_MouseTracking );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else { // switch off
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !w->testWState(WState_MouseTracking) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
w->setWState( WState_MouseTracking );
|
|
|
|
|
w->setMouseTracking( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
++it;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|
Routines to find a TQt widget from a screen position
|
|
|
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Window qt_x11_findClientWindow( Window win, Atom property, bool leaf )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
Atom type = None;
|
|
|
|
|
int format, i;
|
|
|
|
|
ulong nitems, after;
|
|
|
|
|
uchar *data;
|
|
|
|
|
Window root, parent, target=0, *children=0;
|
|
|
|
|
uint nchildren;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( XGetWindowProperty( appDpy, win, property, 0, 0, FALSE, AnyPropertyType,
|
|
|
|
|
&type, &format, &nitems, &after, &data ) == Success ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( data )
|
|
|
|
|
XFree( (char *)data );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( type )
|
|
|
|
|
return win;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !XQueryTree(appDpy,win,&root,&parent,&children,&nchildren) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( children )
|
|
|
|
|
XFree( (char *)children );
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
for ( i=nchildren-1; !target && i >= 0; i-- )
|
|
|
|
|
target = qt_x11_findClientWindow( children[i], property, leaf );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( children )
|
|
|
|
|
XFree( (char *)children );
|
|
|
|
|
return target;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
Returns a pointer to the widget at global screen position \a
|
|
|
|
|
(x, y), or 0 if there is no TQt widget there.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a child is FALSE and there is a child widget at position \a
|
|
|
|
|
(x, y), the top-level widget containing it is returned. If \a child
|
|
|
|
|
is TRUE the child widget at position \a (x, y) is returned.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function is normally rather slow.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQCursor::pos(), TQWidget::grabMouse(), TQWidget::grabKeyboard()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *TQApplication::widgetAt( int x, int y, bool child )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int screen = TQCursor::x11Screen();
|
|
|
|
|
int lx, ly;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Window target;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !XTranslateCoordinates(appDpy,
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(screen),
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(screen),
|
|
|
|
|
x, y, &lx, &ly, &target) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !target || target == TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(screen) )
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w, *c;
|
|
|
|
|
w = TQWidget::find( (WId)target );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !w ) {
|
|
|
|
|
qt_ignore_badwindow();
|
|
|
|
|
target = qt_x11_findClientWindow( target, tqt_wm_state, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
|
if (qt_badwindow() )
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
w = TQWidget::find( (WId)target );
|
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !w ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// Perhaps the widgets at (x,y) is inside a foreign application?
|
|
|
|
|
// Search all toplevel widgets to see if one is within target
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidgetList *list = topLevelWidgets();
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *widget = list->first();
|
|
|
|
|
while ( widget && !w ) {
|
|
|
|
|
Window ctarget = target;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( widget->isVisible() && !widget->isDesktop() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
Window wid = widget->winId();
|
|
|
|
|
while ( ctarget && !w ) {
|
|
|
|
|
XTranslateCoordinates(appDpy,
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(screen),
|
|
|
|
|
ctarget, x, y, &lx, &ly, &ctarget);
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ctarget == wid ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// Found
|
|
|
|
|
w = widget;
|
|
|
|
|
XTranslateCoordinates(appDpy,
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(screen),
|
|
|
|
|
ctarget, x, y, &lx, &ly, &ctarget);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
widget = list->next();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
delete list;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( child && w ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( (c = w->childAt( w->mapFromGlobal(TQPoint(x, y ) ) ) ) )
|
|
|
|
|
return c;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return w;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
\overload TQWidget *TQApplication::widgetAt( const TQPoint &pos, bool child )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns a pointer to the widget at global screen position \a pos,
|
|
|
|
|
or 0 if there is no TQt widget there.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a child is FALSE and there is a child widget at position \a
|
|
|
|
|
pos, the top-level widget containing it is returned. If \a child
|
|
|
|
|
is TRUE the child widget at position \a pos is returned.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
Flushes the X event queue in the X11 implementation. This normally
|
|
|
|
|
returns almost immediately. Does nothing on other platforms.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa syncX()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQApplication::flushX()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( appDpy )
|
|
|
|
|
XFlush( appDpy );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
Flushes the window system specific event queues.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you are doing graphical changes inside a loop that does not
|
|
|
|
|
return to the event loop on asynchronous window systems like X11
|
|
|
|
|
or double buffered window systems like MacOS X, and you want to
|
|
|
|
|
visualize these changes immediately (e.g. Splash Screens), call
|
|
|
|
|
this function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa flushX() sendPostedEvents() TQPainter::flush()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQApplication::flush()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
flushX();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
Synchronizes with the X server in the X11 implementation. This
|
|
|
|
|
normally takes some time. Does nothing on other platforms.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa flushX()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQApplication::syncX()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( appDpy )
|
|
|
|
|
XSync( appDpy, False ); // don't discard events
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
Sounds the bell, using the default volume and sound.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQApplication::beep()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( appDpy )
|
|
|
|
|
XBell( appDpy, 0 );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|
Special lookup functions for windows that have been reparented recently
|
|
|
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static TQWidgetIntDict *wPRmapper = 0; // alternative widget mapper
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void qPRCreate( const TQWidget *widget, Window oldwin )
|
|
|
|
|
{ // TQWidget::reparent mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !wPRmapper ) {
|
|
|
|
|
wPRmapper = new TQWidgetIntDict;
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_CHECK_PTR( wPRmapper );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
wPRmapper->insert( (long)oldwin, widget ); // add old window to mapper
|
|
|
|
|
TQETWidget *w = (TQETWidget *)widget;
|
|
|
|
|
w->setWState( TQt::WState_Reparented ); // set reparented flag
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void qPRCleanup( TQWidget *widget )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
TQETWidget *etw = (TQETWidget *)widget;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !(wPRmapper && etw->testWState(TQt::WState_Reparented)) )
|
|
|
|
|
return; // not a reparented widget
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidgetIntDictIt it(*wPRmapper);
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w;
|
|
|
|
|
while ( (w=it.current()) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
int key = it.currentKey();
|
|
|
|
|
++it;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( w == etw ) { // found widget
|
|
|
|
|
etw->clearWState( TQt::WState_Reparented ); // clear flag
|
|
|
|
|
wPRmapper->remove( key );// old window no longer needed
|
|
|
|
|
if ( wPRmapper->count() == 0 ) { // became empty
|
|
|
|
|
delete wPRmapper; // then reset alt mapper
|
|
|
|
|
wPRmapper = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static TQETWidget *qPRFindWidget( Window oldwin )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return wPRmapper ? (TQETWidget*)wPRmapper->find((long)oldwin) : 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
\internal
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
int TQApplication::x11ClientMessage(TQWidget* w, XEvent* event, bool passive_only)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
TQETWidget *widget = (TQETWidget*)w;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->xclient.format == 32 && event->xclient.message_type ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->xclient.message_type == tqt_wm_protocols ) {
|
|
|
|
|
Atom a = event->xclient.data.l[0];
|
|
|
|
|
if ( a == tqt_wm_delete_window ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( passive_only ) return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
widget->translateCloseEvent(event);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if ( a == tqt_wm_take_focus ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget * amw = activeModalWidget();
|
|
|
|
|
if ( (ulong) event->xclient.data.l[1] > tqt_x_time )
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_x_time = event->xclient.data.l[1];
|
|
|
|
|
if ( amw && amw != widget ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget* groupLeader = widget;
|
|
|
|
|
while ( groupLeader && !groupLeader->testWFlags( TQt::WGroupLeader )
|
|
|
|
|
&& groupLeader != amw )
|
|
|
|
|
groupLeader = groupLeader->parentWidget();
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !groupLeader ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *p = amw->parentWidget();
|
|
|
|
|
while (p && p != widget)
|
|
|
|
|
p = p->parentWidget();
|
|
|
|
|
if (!p || !qt_net_supported_list)
|
|
|
|
|
amw->raise(); // help broken window managers
|
|
|
|
|
amw->setActiveWindow();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_WHATSTHIS
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( a == qt_net_wm_context_help ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQWhatsThis::enterWhatsThisMode();
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // TQT_NO_WHATSTHIS
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( a == qt_net_wm_ping ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// avoid send/reply loops
|
|
|
|
|
Window root = TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( w->x11Screen() );
|
|
|
|
|
if (event->xclient.window != root) {
|
|
|
|
|
event->xclient.window = root;
|
|
|
|
|
XSendEvent( event->xclient.display, event->xclient.window,
|
|
|
|
|
False, SubstructureNotifyMask|SubstructureRedirectMask, event );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_XSYNC
|
|
|
|
|
} else if (a == qt_net_wm_sync_request ) {
|
|
|
|
|
widget->handleSyncRequest( event );
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( event->xclient.message_type == qt_qt_scrolldone ) {
|
|
|
|
|
widget->translateScrollDoneEvent(event);
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( event->xclient.message_type == qt_xdnd_position ) {
|
|
|
|
|
qt_handle_xdnd_position( widget, event, passive_only );
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( event->xclient.message_type == qt_xdnd_enter ) {
|
|
|
|
|
qt_handle_xdnd_enter( widget, event, passive_only );
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( event->xclient.message_type == qt_xdnd_status ) {
|
|
|
|
|
qt_handle_xdnd_status( widget, event, passive_only );
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( event->xclient.message_type == qt_xdnd_leave ) {
|
|
|
|
|
qt_handle_xdnd_leave( widget, event, passive_only );
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( event->xclient.message_type == qt_xdnd_drop ) {
|
|
|
|
|
qt_handle_xdnd_drop( widget, event, passive_only );
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( event->xclient.message_type == qt_xdnd_finished ) {
|
|
|
|
|
qt_handle_xdnd_finished( widget, event, passive_only );
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( passive_only ) return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
// All other are interactions
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
qt_motifdnd_handle_msg( widget, event, passive_only );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
This function does the core processing of individual X
|
|
|
|
|
\a{event}s, normally by dispatching TQt events to the right
|
|
|
|
|
destination.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It returns 1 if the event was consumed by special handling, 0 if
|
|
|
|
|
the \a event was consumed by normal handling, and -1 if the \a
|
|
|
|
|
event was for an unrecognized widget.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa x11EventFilter()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
int TQApplication::x11ProcessEvent( XEvent* event )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
switch ( event->type ) {
|
|
|
|
|
case ButtonPress:
|
|
|
|
|
ignoreNextMouseReleaseEvent = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_x_user_time = event->xbutton.time;
|
|
|
|
|
// fallthrough intended
|
|
|
|
|
case ButtonRelease:
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_x_time = event->xbutton.time;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case MotionNotify:
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_x_time = event->xmotion.time;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case XKeyPress:
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_x_user_time = event->xkey.time;
|
|
|
|
|
// fallthrough intended
|
|
|
|
|
case XKeyRelease:
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_x_time = event->xkey.time;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case PropertyNotify:
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_x_time = event->xproperty.time;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case EnterNotify:
|
|
|
|
|
case LeaveNotify:
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_x_time = event->xcrossing.time;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case SelectionClear:
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_x_time = event->xselectionclear.time;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQETWidget *widget = (TQETWidget*)TQWidget::find( (WId)event->xany.window );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( wPRmapper ) { // just did a widget reparent?
|
|
|
|
|
if ( widget == 0 ) { // not in std widget mapper
|
|
|
|
|
switch ( event->type ) { // only for mouse/key events
|
|
|
|
|
case ButtonPress:
|
|
|
|
|
case ButtonRelease:
|
|
|
|
|
case MotionNotify:
|
|
|
|
|
case XKeyPress:
|
|
|
|
|
case XKeyRelease:
|
|
|
|
|
widget = qPRFindWidget( event->xany.window );
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if ( widget->testWState(WState_Reparented) )
|
|
|
|
|
qPRCleanup( widget ); // remove from alt mapper
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQETWidget *keywidget=0;
|
|
|
|
|
bool grabbed=FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->type==XKeyPress || event->type==XKeyRelease ) {
|
|
|
|
|
keywidget = (TQETWidget*)TQWidget::keyboardGrabber();
|
|
|
|
|
if ( keywidget ) {
|
|
|
|
|
grabbed = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( focus_widget )
|
|
|
|
|
keywidget = (TQETWidget*)focus_widget;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !keywidget ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( inPopupMode() ) // no focus widget, see if we have a popup
|
|
|
|
|
keywidget = (TQETWidget*) activePopupWidget();
|
|
|
|
|
else if ( widget )
|
|
|
|
|
keywidget = (TQETWidget*)widget->topLevelWidget();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_IM
|
|
|
|
|
// Filtering input events by the input context. It has to be taken
|
|
|
|
|
// place before any other key event consumers such as eventfilters
|
|
|
|
|
// and accelerators because some input methods require quite
|
|
|
|
|
// various key combination and sequences. It often conflicts with
|
|
|
|
|
// accelerators and so on, so we must give the input context the
|
|
|
|
|
// filtering opportunity first to ensure all input methods work
|
|
|
|
|
// properly regardless of application design.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// #ifndef TQT_NO_IM_EXTENSIONS
|
|
|
|
|
if( keywidget && keywidget->isEnabled() && keywidget->isInputMethodEnabled() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// #else
|
|
|
|
|
// if( keywidget && keywidget->isEnabled() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// #endif
|
|
|
|
|
if( ( event->type==XKeyPress || event->type==XKeyRelease ) &&
|
|
|
|
|
sm_blockUserInput ) // block user interaction during session management
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// for XIM handling
|
|
|
|
|
TQInputContext *qic = keywidget->getInputContext();
|
|
|
|
|
if( qic && qic->x11FilterEvent( keywidget, event ) )
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// filterEvent() accepts TQEvent *event rather than preexpanded key
|
|
|
|
|
// event attribute values. This is intended to pass other IM-related
|
|
|
|
|
// events in future. The IM-related events are supposed as
|
|
|
|
|
// TQWheelEvent, TQTabletEvent and so on. Other non IM-related events
|
|
|
|
|
// should not be forwarded to input contexts to prevent weird event
|
|
|
|
|
// handling.
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ( event->type == XKeyPress || event->type == XKeyRelease ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
int code = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
int count = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int state;
|
|
|
|
|
char ascii = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
TQEvent::Type type;
|
|
|
|
|
TQString text;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
keywidget->translateKeyEventInternal( event, count, text,
|
|
|
|
|
state, ascii, code, type,
|
|
|
|
|
FALSE, FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// both key press/release is required for some complex
|
|
|
|
|
// input methods. don't eliminate anything.
|
|
|
|
|
TQKeyEvent keyevent( type, code, ascii, state, text, FALSE, count );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if( qic && qic->filterEvent( &keyevent ) )
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // TQT_NO_IM
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( XFilterEvent( event, None ) )
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_x11EventFilter(event) ) // send through app filter
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->type == MappingNotify ) { // keyboard mapping changed
|
|
|
|
|
XRefreshKeyboardMapping( &event->xmapping );
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->type == PropertyNotify ) { // some properties changed
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->xproperty.window == TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow( 0 ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// root properties for the first screen
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->xproperty.atom == tqt_clipboard_sentinel ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (qt_check_clipboard_sentinel() )
|
|
|
|
|
emit clipboard()->dataChanged();
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( event->xproperty.atom == qt_selection_sentinel ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (qt_check_selection_sentinel() )
|
|
|
|
|
emit clipboard()->selectionChanged();
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( obey_desktop_settings ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->xproperty.atom == qt_resource_manager )
|
|
|
|
|
qt_set_x11_resources();
|
|
|
|
|
else if ( event->xproperty.atom == qt_settings_timestamp )
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::x11_apply_settings();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->xproperty.window == TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// root properties for the default screen
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->xproperty.atom == qt_input_encoding ) {
|
|
|
|
|
qt_set_input_encoding();
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( event->xproperty.atom == qt_net_supported ) {
|
|
|
|
|
qt_get_net_supported();
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( event->xproperty.atom == qt_net_virtual_roots ) {
|
|
|
|
|
qt_get_net_virtual_roots();
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( event->xproperty.atom == qt_net_workarea ) {
|
|
|
|
|
qt_desktopwidget_update_workarea();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( widget ) {
|
|
|
|
|
widget->translatePropertyEvent(event);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
return -1; // don't know this window
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_XRANDR
|
|
|
|
|
// XRandR doesn't care if TQt doesn't know about the widget, so handle XRandR stuff before the !widget check below
|
|
|
|
|
if (event->type == xrandr_eventbase + RRScreenChangeNotify
|
|
|
|
|
|| ( event->type == ConfigureNotify && event->xconfigure.window == TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow())) {
|
|
|
|
|
// update Xlib internals with the latest screen configuration
|
|
|
|
|
XRRUpdateConfiguration(event);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// update the size for desktop widget
|
|
|
|
|
int scr = XRRRootToScreen( appDpy, event->xany.window );
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w = desktop()->screen( scr );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (w) {
|
|
|
|
|
int widgetScr = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
// make sure the specified widget is on the same screen that received the XRandR event
|
|
|
|
|
XWindowAttributes widgetAttr;
|
|
|
|
|
XGetWindowAttributes(appDpy, w->winId(), &widgetAttr);
|
|
|
|
|
if (widgetAttr.screen) {
|
|
|
|
|
widgetScr = XScreenNumberOfScreen(widgetAttr.screen);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((widgetScr < 0) || (widgetScr == scr)) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQSize oldSize( w->size() );
|
|
|
|
|
w->crect.setWidth( DisplayWidth( appDpy, scr ) );
|
|
|
|
|
w->crect.setHeight( DisplayHeight( appDpy, scr ) );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( w->size() != oldSize ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQResizeEvent e( w->size(), oldSize );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendEvent( w, &e );
|
|
|
|
|
emit desktop()->resized( scr );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // TQT_NO_XRANDR
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !widget ) { // don't know this windows
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget* popup = TQApplication::activePopupWidget();
|
|
|
|
|
if ( popup ) {
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
That is more than suboptimal. The real solution should
|
|
|
|
|
do some keyevent and buttonevent translation, so that
|
|
|
|
|
the popup still continues to work as the user expects.
|
|
|
|
|
Unfortunately this translation is currently only
|
|
|
|
|
possible with a known widget. I'll change that soon
|
|
|
|
|
(Matthias).
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Danger - make sure we don't lock the server
|
|
|
|
|
switch ( event->type ) {
|
|
|
|
|
case ButtonPress:
|
|
|
|
|
case ButtonRelease:
|
|
|
|
|
case XKeyPress:
|
|
|
|
|
case XKeyRelease:
|
|
|
|
|
do {
|
|
|
|
|
popup->close();
|
|
|
|
|
} while ( (popup = tqApp->activePopupWidget()) );
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->type == XKeyPress || event->type == XKeyRelease )
|
|
|
|
|
widget = keywidget; // send XKeyEvents through keywidget->x11Event()
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( app_do_modal ) // modal event handling
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !tqt_try_modal(widget, event) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->type == ClientMessage )
|
|
|
|
|
x11ClientMessage( widget, event, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( widget->x11Event(event) ) // send through widget filter
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined (QT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->type == xinput_motion ||
|
|
|
|
|
event->type == xinput_button_release ||
|
|
|
|
|
event->type == xinput_button_press ) {
|
|
|
|
|
widget->translateXinputEvent( event );
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch ( event->type ) {
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case ButtonRelease: // mouse event
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ignoreNextMouseReleaseEvent ) {
|
|
|
|
|
ignoreNextMouseReleaseEvent = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
// fall through intended
|
|
|
|
|
case ButtonPress:
|
|
|
|
|
if (event->xbutton.root != RootWindow(widget->x11Display(), widget->x11Screen())
|
|
|
|
|
&& ! qt_xdnd_dragging) {
|
|
|
|
|
while ( activePopupWidget() )
|
|
|
|
|
activePopupWidget()->close();
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (event->type == ButtonPress)
|
|
|
|
|
qt_net_update_user_time(widget->topLevelWidget());
|
|
|
|
|
// fall through intended
|
|
|
|
|
case MotionNotify:
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(QT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !chokeMouse ) {
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
widget->translateMouseEvent( event );
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(QT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
chokeMouse = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case XKeyPress: // keyboard event
|
|
|
|
|
qt_net_update_user_time(widget->topLevelWidget());
|
|
|
|
|
// fallthrough intended
|
|
|
|
|
case XKeyRelease:
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( keywidget && keywidget->isEnabled() ) { // should always exist
|
|
|
|
|
// tqDebug( "sending key event" );
|
|
|
|
|
keywidget->translateKeyEvent( event, grabbed );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case GraphicsExpose:
|
|
|
|
|
case Expose: // paint event
|
|
|
|
|
widget->translatePaintEvent( event );
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case ConfigureNotify: // window move/resize event
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->xconfigure.event == event->xconfigure.window )
|
|
|
|
|
widget->translateConfigEvent( event );
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case XFocusIn: { // got focus
|
|
|
|
|
if ( widget->isDesktop() )
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( inPopupMode() ) // some delayed focus event to ignore
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !widget->isTopLevel() )
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->xfocus.detail != NotifyAncestor &&
|
|
|
|
|
event->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior &&
|
|
|
|
|
event->xfocus.detail != NotifyNonlinear )
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
widget->createInputContext();
|
|
|
|
|
setActiveWindow( widget );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_focus_model == FocusModel_PointerRoot ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// We got real input focus from somewhere, but we were in PointerRoot
|
|
|
|
|
// mode, so we don't trust this event. Check the focus model to make
|
|
|
|
|
// sure we know what focus mode we are using...
|
|
|
|
|
qt_check_focus_model();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case XFocusOut: // lost focus
|
|
|
|
|
if ( widget->isDesktop() )
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !widget->isTopLevel() )
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->xfocus.mode == NotifyGrab )
|
|
|
|
|
qt_xfocusout_grab_counter++;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->xfocus.mode != NotifyNormal )
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->xfocus.detail != NotifyAncestor &&
|
|
|
|
|
event->xfocus.detail != NotifyNonlinearVirtual &&
|
|
|
|
|
event->xfocus.detail != NotifyNonlinear )
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !inPopupMode() && widget == active_window )
|
|
|
|
|
setActiveWindow( 0 );
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case EnterNotify: { // enter window
|
|
|
|
|
if ( TQWidget::mouseGrabber() && widget != TQWidget::mouseGrabber() )
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( inPopupMode() && widget->topLevelWidget() != activePopupWidget() )
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->xcrossing.mode != NotifyNormal ||
|
|
|
|
|
event->xcrossing.detail == NotifyVirtual ||
|
|
|
|
|
event->xcrossing.detail == NotifyNonlinearVirtual )
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->xcrossing.focus &&
|
|
|
|
|
!widget->isDesktop() && !widget->isActiveWindow() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_focus_model == FocusModel_Unknown ) // check focus model
|
|
|
|
|
qt_check_focus_model();
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_focus_model == FocusModel_PointerRoot ) // PointerRoot mode
|
|
|
|
|
setActiveWindow( widget );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_dispatchEnterLeave( widget, TQWidget::find( curWin ) );
|
|
|
|
|
curWin = widget->winId();
|
|
|
|
|
widget->translateMouseEvent( event ); //we don't get MotionNotify, emulate it
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case LeaveNotify: { // leave window
|
|
|
|
|
if ( TQWidget::mouseGrabber() && widget != TQWidget::mouseGrabber() )
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( curWin && widget->winId() != curWin )
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->xcrossing.mode != NotifyNormal )
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !widget->isDesktop() )
|
|
|
|
|
widget->translateMouseEvent( event ); //we don't get MotionNotify, emulate it
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget* enter = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
XEvent ev;
|
|
|
|
|
while ( XCheckMaskEvent( widget->x11Display(), EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask , &ev )
|
|
|
|
|
&& !qt_x11EventFilter( &ev )) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget* event_widget = TQWidget::find( ev.xcrossing.window );
|
|
|
|
|
if( event_widget && event_widget->x11Event( &ev ) )
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ev.type == LeaveNotify && ev.xcrossing.mode == NotifyNormal ){
|
|
|
|
|
enter = event_widget;
|
|
|
|
|
XPutBackEvent( widget->x11Display(), &ev );
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ev.xcrossing.mode != NotifyNormal ||
|
|
|
|
|
ev.xcrossing.detail == NotifyVirtual ||
|
|
|
|
|
ev.xcrossing.detail == NotifyNonlinearVirtual )
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
enter = event_widget;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ev.xcrossing.focus &&
|
|
|
|
|
enter && !enter->isDesktop() && !enter->isActiveWindow() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_focus_model == FocusModel_Unknown ) // check focus model
|
|
|
|
|
qt_check_focus_model();
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_focus_model == FocusModel_PointerRoot ) // PointerRoot mode
|
|
|
|
|
setActiveWindow( enter );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ( ! enter || enter->isDesktop() ) &&
|
|
|
|
|
event->xcrossing.focus && widget == active_window &&
|
|
|
|
|
qt_focus_model == FocusModel_PointerRoot // PointerRoot mode
|
|
|
|
|
) {
|
|
|
|
|
setActiveWindow( 0 );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !curWin )
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_dispatchEnterLeave( widget, 0 );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_dispatchEnterLeave( enter, widget );
|
|
|
|
|
curWin = enter ? enter->winId() : 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case UnmapNotify: // window hidden
|
|
|
|
|
if ( widget->isTopLevel() && widget->isShown() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
widget->topData()->spont_unmapped = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
TQHideEvent e;
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( widget, &e );
|
|
|
|
|
widget->hideChildren( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case MapNotify: // window shown
|
|
|
|
|
if ( widget->isTopLevel() &&
|
|
|
|
|
widget->topData()->spont_unmapped ) {
|
|
|
|
|
widget->topData()->spont_unmapped = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
widget->showChildren( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
|
TQShowEvent e;
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( widget, &e );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case ClientMessage: // client message
|
|
|
|
|
return x11ClientMessage(widget,event,False);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case ReparentNotify: // window manager reparents
|
|
|
|
|
while ( XCheckTypedWindowEvent( widget->x11Display(),
|
|
|
|
|
widget->winId(),
|
|
|
|
|
ReparentNotify,
|
|
|
|
|
event ) )
|
|
|
|
|
; // skip old reparent events
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->xreparent.parent == TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( widget->isTopLevel() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
widget->topData()->parentWinId = event->xreparent.parent;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_deferred_map_contains( widget ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
qt_deferred_map_take( widget );
|
|
|
|
|
XMapWindow( appDpy, widget->winId() );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
|
// store the parent. Useful for many things, embedding for instance.
|
|
|
|
|
widget->topData()->parentWinId = event->xreparent.parent;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( widget->isTopLevel() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// the widget frame strut should also be invalidated
|
|
|
|
|
widget->topData()->fleft = widget->topData()->fright =
|
|
|
|
|
widget->topData()->ftop = widget->topData()->fbottom = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_focus_model != FocusModel_Unknown ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// toplevel reparented...
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *newparent = TQWidget::find( event->xreparent.parent );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ! newparent || newparent->isDesktop() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// we dont' know about the new parent (or we've been
|
|
|
|
|
// reparented to root), perhaps a window manager
|
|
|
|
|
// has been (re)started? reset the focus model to unknown
|
|
|
|
|
qt_focus_model = FocusModel_Unknown;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case SelectionRequest: {
|
|
|
|
|
XSelectionRequestEvent *req = &event->xselectionrequest;
|
|
|
|
|
if (! req)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_xdnd_selection && req->selection == qt_xdnd_selection ) {
|
|
|
|
|
qt_xdnd_handle_selection_request( req );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} else if (tqt_clipboard) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQCustomEvent e( TQEvent::Clipboard, event );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( tqt_clipboard, &e );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
case SelectionClear: {
|
|
|
|
|
XSelectionClearEvent *req = &event->xselectionclear;
|
|
|
|
|
// don't deliver dnd events to the clipboard, it gets confused
|
|
|
|
|
if (! req || ( qt_xdnd_selection && req->selection ) == qt_xdnd_selection)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (tqt_clipboard) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQCustomEvent e( TQEvent::Clipboard, event );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( tqt_clipboard, &e );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case SelectionNotify: {
|
|
|
|
|
XSelectionEvent *req = &event->xselection;
|
|
|
|
|
// don't deliver dnd events to the clipboard, it gets confused
|
|
|
|
|
if (! req || ( qt_xdnd_selection && req->selection ) == qt_xdnd_selection)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (tqt_clipboard) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQCustomEvent e( TQEvent::Clipboard, event );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( tqt_clipboard, &e );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
This virtual function is only implemented under X11.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you create an application that inherits TQApplication and
|
|
|
|
|
reimplement this function, you get direct access to all X events
|
|
|
|
|
that the are received from the X server.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return TRUE if you want to stop the event from being processed.
|
|
|
|
|
Return FALSE for normal event dispatching.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa x11ProcessEvent()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQApplication::x11EventFilter( XEvent * )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|
Modal widgets; Since Xlib has little support for this we roll our own
|
|
|
|
|
modal widget mechanism.
|
|
|
|
|
A modal widget without a parent becomes application-modal.
|
|
|
|
|
A modal widget with a parent becomes modal to its parent and grandparents..
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_enter_modal()
|
|
|
|
|
Enters modal state
|
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *widget A modal widget
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_leave_modal()
|
|
|
|
|
Leaves modal state for a widget
|
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *widget A modal widget
|
|
|
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool tqt_modal_state()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return app_do_modal;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void tqt_enter_modal( TQWidget *widget )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !tqt_modal_stack ) { // create modal stack
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_modal_stack = new TQWidgetList;
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_CHECK_PTR( tqt_modal_stack );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (widget->parentWidget()) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQEvent e(TQEvent::WindowBlocked);
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendEvent(widget->parentWidget(), &e);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_dispatchEnterLeave( 0, TQWidget::find((WId)curWin) );
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_modal_stack->insert( 0, widget );
|
|
|
|
|
app_do_modal = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
curWin = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
ignoreNextMouseReleaseEvent = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void tqt_leave_modal( TQWidget *widget )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( tqt_modal_stack && tqt_modal_stack->removeRef(widget) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( tqt_modal_stack->isEmpty() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
delete tqt_modal_stack;
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_modal_stack = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
TQPoint p( TQCursor::pos() );
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget* w = TQApplication::widgetAt( p.x(), p.y(), TRUE );
|
|
|
|
|
tqt_dispatchEnterLeave( w, TQWidget::find( curWin ) ); // send synthetic enter event
|
|
|
|
|
curWin = w? w->winId() : 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
app_do_modal = tqt_modal_stack != 0;
|
|
|
|
|
ignoreNextMouseReleaseEvent = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (widget->parentWidget()) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQEvent e(TQEvent::WindowUnblocked);
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendEvent(widget->parentWidget(), &e);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_EXPORT bool tqt_try_modal( TQWidget *widget, XEvent *event )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (qt_xdnd_dragging) {
|
|
|
|
|
// allow mouse events while DnD is active
|
|
|
|
|
switch (event->type) {
|
|
|
|
|
case ButtonPress:
|
|
|
|
|
case ButtonRelease:
|
|
|
|
|
case MotionNotify:
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( tqt_tryModalHelper( widget ) )
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool block_event = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
switch ( event->type ) {
|
|
|
|
|
case ButtonPress: // disallow mouse/key events
|
|
|
|
|
case ButtonRelease:
|
|
|
|
|
case MotionNotify:
|
|
|
|
|
case XKeyPress:
|
|
|
|
|
case XKeyRelease:
|
|
|
|
|
case EnterNotify:
|
|
|
|
|
case LeaveNotify:
|
|
|
|
|
case ClientMessage:
|
|
|
|
|
block_event = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return !block_event;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|
Popup widget mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
openPopup()
|
|
|
|
|
Adds a widget to the list of popup widgets
|
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *widget The popup widget to be added
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
closePopup()
|
|
|
|
|
Removes a widget from the list of popup widgets
|
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *widget The popup widget to be removed
|
|
|
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int openPopupCount = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
void TQApplication::openPopup( TQWidget *popup )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
openPopupCount++;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !popupWidgets ) { // create list
|
|
|
|
|
popupWidgets = new TQWidgetList;
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_CHECK_PTR( popupWidgets );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
popupWidgets->append( popup ); // add to end of list
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( popupWidgets->count() == 1 && !qt_nograb() ){ // grab mouse/keyboard
|
|
|
|
|
int r = XGrabKeyboard( popup->x11Display(), popup->winId(), FALSE,
|
|
|
|
|
GrabModeSync, GrabModeAsync, CurrentTime );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( (popupGrabOk = (r == GrabSuccess)) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
r = XGrabPointer( popup->x11Display(), popup->winId(), TRUE,
|
|
|
|
|
(uint)(ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask |
|
|
|
|
|
ButtonMotionMask | EnterWindowMask |
|
|
|
|
|
LeaveWindowMask | PointerMotionMask),
|
|
|
|
|
GrabModeSync, GrabModeAsync,
|
|
|
|
|
None, None, CurrentTime );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( (popupGrabOk = (r == GrabSuccess)) )
|
|
|
|
|
XAllowEvents( popup->x11Display(), SyncPointer, CurrentTime );
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
XUngrabKeyboard( popup->x11Display(), CurrentTime );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( popupGrabOk ) {
|
|
|
|
|
XAllowEvents( popup->x11Display(), SyncPointer, CurrentTime );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// popups are not focus-handled by the window system (the first
|
|
|
|
|
// popup grabbed the keyboard), so we have to do that manually: A
|
|
|
|
|
// new popup gets the focus
|
|
|
|
|
TQFocusEvent::setReason( TQFocusEvent::Popup );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( popup->focusWidget())
|
|
|
|
|
popup->focusWidget()->setFocus();
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
popup->setFocus();
|
|
|
|
|
TQFocusEvent::resetReason();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQApplication::closePopup( TQWidget *popup )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !popupWidgets )
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
popupWidgets->removeRef( popup );
|
|
|
|
|
if (popup == popupOfPopupButtonFocus) {
|
|
|
|
|
popupButtonFocus = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
popupOfPopupButtonFocus = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( popupWidgets->count() == 0 ) { // this was the last popup
|
|
|
|
|
popupCloseDownMode = TRUE; // control mouse events
|
|
|
|
|
delete popupWidgets;
|
|
|
|
|
popupWidgets = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !qt_nograb() && popupGrabOk ) { // grabbing not disabled
|
|
|
|
|
if ( mouseButtonState != 0
|
|
|
|
|
|| popup->geometry(). contains(TQPoint(mouseGlobalXPos, mouseGlobalYPos) ) )
|
|
|
|
|
{ // mouse release event or inside
|
|
|
|
|
XAllowEvents( popup->x11Display(), AsyncPointer,
|
|
|
|
|
CurrentTime );
|
|
|
|
|
} else { // mouse press event
|
|
|
|
|
mouseButtonPressTime -= 10000; // avoid double click
|
|
|
|
|
XAllowEvents( popup->x11Display(), ReplayPointer,CurrentTime );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
XUngrabPointer( popup->x11Display(), CurrentTime );
|
|
|
|
|
XFlush( popup->x11Display() );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( active_window ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQFocusEvent::setReason( TQFocusEvent::Popup );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( active_window->focusWidget() )
|
|
|
|
|
active_window->focusWidget()->setFocus();
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
active_window->setFocus();
|
|
|
|
|
TQFocusEvent::resetReason();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
// popups are not focus-handled by the window system (the
|
|
|
|
|
// first popup grabbed the keyboard), so we have to do that
|
|
|
|
|
// manually: A popup was closed, so the previous popup gets
|
|
|
|
|
// the focus.
|
|
|
|
|
TQFocusEvent::setReason( TQFocusEvent::Popup );
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget* aw = popupWidgets->getLast();
|
|
|
|
|
if (aw->focusWidget())
|
|
|
|
|
aw->focusWidget()->setFocus();
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
aw->setFocus();
|
|
|
|
|
TQFocusEvent::resetReason();
|
|
|
|
|
if ( popupWidgets->count() == 1 && !qt_nograb() ){ // grab mouse/keyboard
|
|
|
|
|
int r = XGrabKeyboard( aw->x11Display(), aw->winId(), FALSE,
|
|
|
|
|
GrabModeSync, GrabModeAsync, CurrentTime );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( (popupGrabOk = (r == GrabSuccess)) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
r = XGrabPointer( aw->x11Display(), aw->winId(), TRUE,
|
|
|
|
|
(uint)(ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask |
|
|
|
|
|
ButtonMotionMask | EnterWindowMask |
|
|
|
|
|
LeaveWindowMask | PointerMotionMask),
|
|
|
|
|
GrabModeSync, GrabModeAsync,
|
|
|
|
|
None, None, CurrentTime );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( (popupGrabOk = (r == GrabSuccess)) )
|
|
|
|
|
XAllowEvents( aw->x11Display(), SyncPointer, CurrentTime );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|
Event translation; translates X11 events to TQt events
|
|
|
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// Mouse event translation
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// Xlib doesn't give mouse double click events, so we generate them by
|
|
|
|
|
// comparing window, time and position between two mouse press events.
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// Keyboard event translation
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int qt_x11_translateButtonState( int s )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int bst = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( s & Button1Mask )
|
|
|
|
|
bst |= TQt::LeftButton;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( s & Button2Mask )
|
|
|
|
|
bst |= TQt::MidButton;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( s & Button3Mask )
|
|
|
|
|
bst |= TQt::RightButton;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( s & ShiftMask )
|
|
|
|
|
bst |= TQt::ShiftButton;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( s & ControlMask )
|
|
|
|
|
bst |= TQt::ControlButton;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( s & qt_alt_mask )
|
|
|
|
|
bst |= TQt::AltButton;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( s & qt_meta_mask )
|
|
|
|
|
bst |= TQt::MetaButton;
|
|
|
|
|
return bst;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQETWidget::translateMouseEvent( const XEvent *event )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
static bool manualGrab = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
TQEvent::Type type; // event parameters
|
|
|
|
|
TQPoint pos;
|
|
|
|
|
TQPoint globalPos;
|
|
|
|
|
int button = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int state;
|
|
|
|
|
XEvent nextEvent;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sm_blockUserInput ) // block user interaction during session management
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int x_root_save = -1, y_root_save = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->type == MotionNotify ) { // mouse move
|
|
|
|
|
if (event->xmotion.root != RootWindow(appDpy, x11Screen()) &&
|
|
|
|
|
! qt_xdnd_dragging )
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XMotionEvent lastMotion = event->xmotion;
|
|
|
|
|
while( XPending( appDpy ) ) { // compres mouse moves
|
|
|
|
|
XNextEvent( appDpy, &nextEvent );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( nextEvent.type == ConfigureNotify
|
|
|
|
|
|| nextEvent.type == PropertyNotify
|
|
|
|
|
|| nextEvent.type == Expose
|
|
|
|
|
|| nextEvent.type == NoExpose ) {
|
|
|
|
|
tqApp->x11ProcessEvent( &nextEvent );
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( nextEvent.type != MotionNotify ||
|
|
|
|
|
nextEvent.xmotion.window != event->xmotion.window ||
|
|
|
|
|
nextEvent.xmotion.state != event->xmotion.state ) {
|
|
|
|
|
XPutBackEvent( appDpy, &nextEvent );
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !qt_x11EventFilter(&nextEvent)
|
|
|
|
|
&& !x11Event( &nextEvent ) ) // send event through filter
|
|
|
|
|
lastMotion = nextEvent.xmotion;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
type = TQEvent::MouseMove;
|
|
|
|
|
pos.rx() = lastMotion.x;
|
|
|
|
|
pos.ry() = lastMotion.y;
|
|
|
|
|
globalPos.rx() = lastMotion.x_root;
|
|
|
|
|
globalPos.ry() = lastMotion.y_root;
|
|
|
|
|
state = qt_x11_translateButtonState( lastMotion.state );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_button_down && (state & (LeftButton |
|
|
|
|
|
MidButton |
|
|
|
|
|
RightButton ) ) == 0 )
|
|
|
|
|
qt_button_down = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// throw away mouse move events that are sent multiple times to the same
|
|
|
|
|
// position
|
|
|
|
|
bool throw_away = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( x_root_save == globalPos.x() &&
|
|
|
|
|
y_root_save == globalPos.y() )
|
|
|
|
|
throw_away = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
x_root_save = globalPos.x();
|
|
|
|
|
y_root_save = globalPos.y();
|
|
|
|
|
if ( throw_away )
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( event->type == EnterNotify || event->type == LeaveNotify) {
|
|
|
|
|
XEvent *xevent = (XEvent *)event;
|
|
|
|
|
//unsigned int xstate = event->xcrossing.state;
|
|
|
|
|
type = TQEvent::MouseMove;
|
|
|
|
|
pos.rx() = xevent->xcrossing.x;
|
|
|
|
|
pos.ry() = xevent->xcrossing.y;
|
|
|
|
|
globalPos.rx() = xevent->xcrossing.x_root;
|
|
|
|
|
globalPos.ry() = xevent->xcrossing.y_root;
|
|
|
|
|
state = qt_x11_translateButtonState( xevent->xcrossing.state );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_button_down && (state & (LeftButton |
|
|
|
|
|
MidButton |
|
|
|
|
|
RightButton ) ) == 0 )
|
|
|
|
|
qt_button_down = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !qt_button_down )
|
|
|
|
|
state = state & ~(LeftButton | MidButton | RightButton );
|
|
|
|
|
} else { // button press or release
|
|
|
|
|
pos.rx() = event->xbutton.x;
|
|
|
|
|
pos.ry() = event->xbutton.y;
|
|
|
|
|
globalPos.rx() = event->xbutton.x_root;
|
|
|
|
|
globalPos.ry() = event->xbutton.y_root;
|
|
|
|
|
state = qt_x11_translateButtonState( event->xbutton.state );
|
|
|
|
|
switch ( event->xbutton.button ) {
|
|
|
|
|
case Button1: button = LeftButton; break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Button2: button = MidButton; break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Button3: button = RightButton; break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Button4:
|
|
|
|
|
case Button5:
|
|
|
|
|
case 6:
|
|
|
|
|
case 7:
|
|
|
|
|
// the fancy mouse wheel.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// take care about grabbing. We do this here since it
|
|
|
|
|
// is clear that we return anyway
|
|
|
|
|
if ( tqApp->inPopupMode() && popupGrabOk )
|
|
|
|
|
XAllowEvents( x11Display(), SyncPointer, CurrentTime );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// We are only interested in ButtonPress.
|
|
|
|
|
if (event->type == ButtonPress ){
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// compress wheel events (the X Server will simply
|
|
|
|
|
// send a button press for each single notch,
|
|
|
|
|
// regardless whether the application can catch up
|
|
|
|
|
// or not)
|
|
|
|
|
int delta = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
XEvent xevent;
|
|
|
|
|
while ( XCheckTypedWindowEvent(x11Display(),winId(),
|
|
|
|
|
ButtonPress,&xevent) ){
|
|
|
|
|
if (xevent.xbutton.button != event->xbutton.button){
|
|
|
|
|
XPutBackEvent(x11Display(), &xevent);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
delta++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// the delta is defined as multiples of
|
|
|
|
|
// WHEEL_DELTA, which is set to 120. Future wheels
|
|
|
|
|
// may offer a finer-resolution. A positive delta
|
|
|
|
|
// indicates forward rotation, a negative one
|
|
|
|
|
// backward rotation respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
int btn = event->xbutton.button;
|
|
|
|
|
delta *= 120 * ( (btn == Button4 || btn == 6) ? 1 : -1 );
|
|
|
|
|
bool hor = ( ( (btn == Button4 || btn == Button5) && (state&AltButton) ) ||
|
|
|
|
|
(btn == 6 || btn == 7) );
|
|
|
|
|
translateWheelEvent( globalPos.x(), globalPos.y(), delta, state, (hor)?Horizontal:Vertical );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// history navigation buttons
|
|
|
|
|
case 8: button = HistoryBackButton; break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 9: button = HistoryForwardButton; break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->type == ButtonPress ) { // mouse button pressed
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_OS_IRIX) && defined(QT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
|
|
|
|
|
XEvent myEv;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( XCheckTypedEvent( appDpy, xinput_button_press, &myEv ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( translateXinputEvent( &myEv ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
//Spontaneous event sent. Check if we need to continue.
|
|
|
|
|
if ( chokeMouse ) {
|
|
|
|
|
chokeMouse = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
qt_button_down = childAt( pos ); //magic for masked widgets
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !qt_button_down || !qt_button_down->testWFlags(WMouseNoMask) )
|
|
|
|
|
qt_button_down = this;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( mouseActWindow == event->xbutton.window &&
|
|
|
|
|
mouseButtonPressed == button &&
|
|
|
|
|
(long)event->xbutton.time -(long)mouseButtonPressTime
|
|
|
|
|
< TQApplication::doubleClickInterval() &&
|
|
|
|
|
TQABS(event->xbutton.x - mouseXPos) < 5 &&
|
|
|
|
|
TQABS(event->xbutton.y - mouseYPos) < 5 ) {
|
|
|
|
|
type = TQEvent::MouseButtonDblClick;
|
|
|
|
|
mouseButtonPressTime -= 2000; // no double-click next time
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
type = TQEvent::MouseButtonPress;
|
|
|
|
|
mouseButtonPressTime = event->xbutton.time;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
mouseButtonPressed = button; // save event params for
|
|
|
|
|
mouseXPos = pos.x(); // future double click tests
|
|
|
|
|
mouseYPos = pos.y();
|
|
|
|
|
mouseGlobalXPos = globalPos.x();
|
|
|
|
|
mouseGlobalYPos = globalPos.y();
|
|
|
|
|
} else { // mouse button released
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_OS_IRIX) && defined(QT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
|
|
|
|
|
XEvent myEv;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( XCheckTypedEvent( appDpy, xinput_button_release, &myEv ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( translateXinputEvent( &myEv ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
//Spontaneous event sent. Check if we need to continue.
|
|
|
|
|
if ( chokeMouse ) {
|
|
|
|
|
chokeMouse = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
if ( manualGrab ) { // release manual grab
|
|
|
|
|
manualGrab = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
XUngrabPointer( x11Display(), CurrentTime );
|
|
|
|
|
XFlush( x11Display() );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
type = TQEvent::MouseButtonRelease;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
mouseActWindow = winId(); // save some event params
|
|
|
|
|
mouseButtonState = state;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( type == 0 ) // don't send event
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( tqApp->inPopupMode() ) { // in popup mode
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *popup = tqApp->activePopupWidget();
|
|
|
|
|
if ( popup != this ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( testWFlags(WType_Popup) && rect().contains(pos) )
|
|
|
|
|
popup = this;
|
|
|
|
|
else // send to last popup
|
|
|
|
|
pos = popup->mapFromGlobal( globalPos );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
bool releaseAfter = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *popupChild = popup->childAt( pos );
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *popupTarget = popupChild ? popupChild : popup;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (popup != popupOfPopupButtonFocus){
|
|
|
|
|
popupButtonFocus = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
popupOfPopupButtonFocus = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !popupTarget->isEnabled() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( popupGrabOk )
|
|
|
|
|
XAllowEvents( x11Display(), SyncPointer, CurrentTime );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch ( type ) {
|
|
|
|
|
case TQEvent::MouseButtonPress:
|
|
|
|
|
case TQEvent::MouseButtonDblClick:
|
|
|
|
|
popupButtonFocus = popupChild;
|
|
|
|
|
popupOfPopupButtonFocus = popup;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case TQEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
|
|
|
|
|
releaseAfter = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
break; // nothing for mouse move
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Display* dpy = x11Display(); // store display, send() may destroy us
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int oldOpenPopupCount = openPopupCount;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( popupButtonFocus ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQMouseEvent e( type, popupButtonFocus->mapFromGlobal(globalPos),
|
|
|
|
|
globalPos, button, state );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( popupButtonFocus, &e );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( releaseAfter ) {
|
|
|
|
|
popupButtonFocus = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
popupOfPopupButtonFocus = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( popupChild ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQMouseEvent e( type, popupChild->mapFromGlobal(globalPos),
|
|
|
|
|
globalPos, button, state );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( popupChild, &e );
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
TQMouseEvent e( type, pos, globalPos, button, state );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( popup, &e );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( type == TQEvent::MouseButtonPress && button == RightButton && ( openPopupCount == oldOpenPopupCount ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *popupEvent = popup;
|
|
|
|
|
if(popupButtonFocus)
|
|
|
|
|
popupEvent = popupButtonFocus;
|
|
|
|
|
else if(popupChild)
|
|
|
|
|
popupEvent = popupChild;
|
|
|
|
|
TQContextMenuEvent e( TQContextMenuEvent::Mouse, pos, globalPos, state );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( popupEvent, &e );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( releaseAfter )
|
|
|
|
|
qt_button_down = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( tqApp->inPopupMode() ) { // still in popup mode
|
|
|
|
|
if ( popupGrabOk )
|
|
|
|
|
XAllowEvents( dpy, SyncPointer, CurrentTime );
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( type != TQEvent::MouseButtonRelease && state != 0 &&
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget::find((WId)mouseActWindow) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
manualGrab = TRUE; // need to manually grab
|
|
|
|
|
XGrabPointer( dpy, mouseActWindow, False,
|
|
|
|
|
(uint)(ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask |
|
|
|
|
|
ButtonMotionMask |
|
|
|
|
|
EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask),
|
|
|
|
|
GrabModeAsync, GrabModeAsync,
|
|
|
|
|
None, None, CurrentTime );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *widget = this;
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w = TQWidget::mouseGrabber();
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !w )
|
|
|
|
|
w = qt_button_down;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( w && w != this ) {
|
|
|
|
|
widget = w;
|
|
|
|
|
pos = w->mapFromGlobal( globalPos );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( popupCloseDownMode ) {
|
|
|
|
|
popupCloseDownMode = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( testWFlags(WType_Popup) ) // ignore replayed event
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( type == TQEvent::MouseButtonRelease &&
|
|
|
|
|
(state & (~button) & ( LeftButton |
|
|
|
|
|
MidButton |
|
|
|
|
|
RightButton)) == 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
|
qt_button_down = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int oldOpenPopupCount = openPopupCount;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQMouseEvent e( type, pos, globalPos, button, state );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( widget, &e );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( type == TQEvent::MouseButtonPress && button == RightButton && ( openPopupCount == oldOpenPopupCount ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQContextMenuEvent e( TQContextMenuEvent::Mouse, pos, globalPos, state );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( widget, &e );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// Wheel event translation
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQETWidget::translateWheelEvent( int global_x, int global_y, int delta, int state, Orientation orient )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
// send the event to the widget or its ancestors
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget* popup = tqApp->activePopupWidget();
|
|
|
|
|
if ( popup && topLevelWidget() != popup )
|
|
|
|
|
popup->close();
|
|
|
|
|
TQWheelEvent e( mapFromGlobal(TQPoint( global_x, global_y)),
|
|
|
|
|
TQPoint(global_x, global_y), delta, state, orient );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( this, &e ) )
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// send the event to the widget that has the focus or its ancestors, if different
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w = this;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( w != tqApp->focusWidget() && ( w = tqApp->focusWidget() ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget* popup = tqApp->activePopupWidget();
|
|
|
|
|
if ( popup && w != popup )
|
|
|
|
|
popup->hide();
|
|
|
|
|
TQWheelEvent e( mapFromGlobal(TQPoint( global_x, global_y)),
|
|
|
|
|
TQPoint(global_x, global_y), delta, state, orient );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( w, &e ) )
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// XInput Translation Event
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined (QT_TABLET_SUPPORT)
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQETWidget::translateXinputEvent( const XEvent *ev )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined (Q_OS_IRIX)
|
|
|
|
|
// Wacom has put defines in their wacom.h file so it would be quite wise
|
|
|
|
|
// to use them, need to think of a decent way of not using
|
|
|
|
|
// it when it doesn't exist...
|
|
|
|
|
XDeviceState *s;
|
|
|
|
|
XInputClass *iClass;
|
|
|
|
|
XValuatorState *vs;
|
|
|
|
|
int j;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w = this;
|
|
|
|
|
TQPoint global,
|
|
|
|
|
curr;
|
|
|
|
|
static int pressure = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
static int xTilt = 0,
|
|
|
|
|
yTilt = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int deviceType = TQTabletEvent::NoDevice;
|
|
|
|
|
TQPair<int, int> tId;
|
|
|
|
|
XEvent xinputMotionEvent;
|
|
|
|
|
XEvent mouseMotionEvent;
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined (Q_OS_IRIX)
|
|
|
|
|
XDevice *dev;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
const XDeviceMotionEvent *motion = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
XDeviceButtonEvent *button = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
TQEvent::Type t;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ev->type == xinput_motion ) {
|
|
|
|
|
motion = (const XDeviceMotionEvent*)ev;
|
|
|
|
|
for (;;) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (!XCheckTypedWindowEvent(x11Display(), winId(), MotionNotify, &mouseMotionEvent))
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
if (!XCheckTypedWindowEvent(x11Display(), winId(), xinput_motion, &xinputMotionEvent)) {
|
|
|
|
|
XPutBackEvent(x11Display(), &mouseMotionEvent);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (mouseMotionEvent.xmotion.time != motion->time) {
|
|
|
|
|
XPutBackEvent(x11Display(), &mouseMotionEvent);
|
|
|
|
|
XPutBackEvent(x11Display(), &xinputMotionEvent);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
motion = ((const XDeviceMotionEvent*)&xinputMotionEvent);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
t = TQEvent::TabletMove;
|
|
|
|
|
curr = TQPoint( motion->x, motion->y );
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ev->type == xinput_button_press ) {
|
|
|
|
|
t = TQEvent::TabletPress;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
t = TQEvent::TabletRelease;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
button = (XDeviceButtonEvent*)ev;
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
tqDebug( "\n\nXInput Button Event" );
|
|
|
|
|
tqDebug( "serial:\t%d", button->serial );
|
|
|
|
|
tqDebug( "send_event:\t%d", button->send_event );
|
|
|
|
|
tqDebug( "display:\t%p", button->display );
|
|
|
|
|
tqDebug( "window:\t%d", button->window );
|
|
|
|
|
tqDebug( "deviceID:\t%d", button->deviceid );
|
|
|
|
|
tqDebug( "root:\t%d", button->root );
|
|
|
|
|
tqDebug( "subwindot:\t%d", button->subwindow );
|
|
|
|
|
tqDebug( "x:\t%d", button->x );
|
|
|
|
|
tqDebug( "y:\t%d", button->y );
|
|
|
|
|
tqDebug( "x_root:\t%d", button->x_root );
|
|
|
|
|
tqDebug( "y_root:\t%d", button->y_root );
|
|
|
|
|
tqDebug( "state:\t%d", button->state );
|
|
|
|
|
tqDebug( "button:\t%d", button->button );
|
|
|
|
|
tqDebug( "same_screen:\t%d", button->same_screen );
|
|
|
|
|
tqDebug( "time:\t%d", button->time );
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
curr = TQPoint( button->x, button->y );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_OS_IRIX)
|
|
|
|
|
// default...
|
|
|
|
|
dev = devStylus;
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ev->type == xinput_motion ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( motion->deviceid == devStylus->device_id ) {
|
|
|
|
|
deviceType = TQTabletEvent::Stylus;
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( motion->deviceid == devEraser->device_id ) {
|
|
|
|
|
deviceType = TQTabletEvent::Eraser;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( button->deviceid == devStylus->device_id ) {
|
|
|
|
|
deviceType = TQTabletEvent::Stylus;
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( button->deviceid == devEraser->device_id ) {
|
|
|
|
|
deviceType = TQTabletEvent::Eraser;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const int PRESSURE_LEVELS = 255;
|
|
|
|
|
// we got the maximum pressure at start time, since various tablets have
|
|
|
|
|
// varying levels of distinguishing pressure changes, let's standardize and
|
|
|
|
|
// scale everything to 256 different levels...
|
|
|
|
|
static int scaleFactor = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( scaleFactor == -1 ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( max_pressure > PRESSURE_LEVELS )
|
|
|
|
|
scaleFactor = max_pressure / PRESSURE_LEVELS;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
scaleFactor = PRESSURE_LEVELS / max_pressure;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined (Q_OS_IRIX)
|
|
|
|
|
s = XQueryDeviceState( appDpy, dev );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( s == NULL )
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
iClass = s->data;
|
|
|
|
|
for ( j = 0; j < s->num_classes; j++ ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( iClass->c_class == ValuatorClass ) {
|
|
|
|
|
vs = (XValuatorState *)iClass;
|
|
|
|
|
// figure out what device we have, based on bitmasking...
|
|
|
|
|
if ( vs->valuators[WAC_TRANSDUCER_I]
|
|
|
|
|
& WAC_TRANSDUCER_PROX_MSK ) {
|
|
|
|
|
switch ( vs->valuators[WAC_TRANSDUCER_I]
|
|
|
|
|
& WAC_TRANSDUCER_MSK ) {
|
|
|
|
|
case WAC_PUCK_ID:
|
|
|
|
|
deviceType = TQTabletEvent::Puck;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case WAC_STYLUS_ID:
|
|
|
|
|
deviceType = TQTabletEvent::Stylus;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case WAC_ERASER_ID:
|
|
|
|
|
deviceType = TQTabletEvent::Eraser;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
// Get a Unique Id for the device, Wacom gives us this ability
|
|
|
|
|
tId.first = vs->valuators[WAC_TRANSDUCER_I] & WAC_TRANSDUCER_ID_MSK;
|
|
|
|
|
tId.second = vs->valuators[WAC_SERIAL_NUM_I];
|
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
|
deviceType = TQTabletEvent::NoDevice;
|
|
|
|
|
// apparently Wacom needs a cast for the +/- values to make sense
|
|
|
|
|
xTilt = short(vs->valuators[WAC_XTILT_I]);
|
|
|
|
|
yTilt = short(vs->valuators[WAC_YTILT_I]);
|
|
|
|
|
if ( max_pressure > PRESSURE_LEVELS )
|
|
|
|
|
pressure = vs->valuators[WAC_PRESSURE_I] / scaleFactor;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
pressure = vs->valuators[WAC_PRESSURE_I] * scaleFactor;
|
|
|
|
|
global = TQPoint( vs->valuators[WAC_XCOORD_I],
|
|
|
|
|
vs->valuators[WAC_YCOORD_I] );
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
iClass = (XInputClass*)((char*)iClass + iClass->length);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
XFreeDeviceState( s );
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
if ( motion ) {
|
|
|
|
|
xTilt = short(motion->axis_data[3]);
|
|
|
|
|
yTilt = short(motion->axis_data[4]);
|
|
|
|
|
if ( max_pressure > PRESSURE_LEVELS )
|
|
|
|
|
pressure = motion->axis_data[2] / scaleFactor;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
pressure = motion->axis_data[2] * scaleFactor;
|
|
|
|
|
global = TQPoint( motion->axis_data[0], motion->axis_data[1] );
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
xTilt = short(button->axis_data[3]);
|
|
|
|
|
yTilt = short(button->axis_data[4]);
|
|
|
|
|
if ( max_pressure > PRESSURE_LEVELS )
|
|
|
|
|
pressure = button->axis_data[2] / scaleFactor;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
pressure = button->axis_data[2] * scaleFactor;
|
|
|
|
|
global = TQPoint( button->axis_data[0], button->axis_data[1] );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
// The only way to get these Ids is to scan the XFree86 log, which I'm not going to do.
|
|
|
|
|
tId.first = tId.second = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTabletEvent e( t, curr, global, deviceType, pressure, xTilt, yTilt, tId );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( w, &e );
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQETWidget::translatePropertyEvent(const XEvent *event)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (!isTopLevel()) return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Atom ret;
|
|
|
|
|
int format, e;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned char *data = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned long nitems, after;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (event->xproperty.atom == qt_net_wm_frame_strut) {
|
|
|
|
|
topData()->fleft = topData()->fright = topData()->ftop = topData()->fbottom = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
fstrut_dirty = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (event->xproperty.state == PropertyNewValue) {
|
|
|
|
|
e = XGetWindowProperty(appDpy, event->xproperty.window, qt_net_wm_frame_strut,
|
|
|
|
|
0, 4, // struts are 4 longs
|
|
|
|
|
False, XA_CARDINAL, &ret, &format, &nitems, &after, &data);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (e == Success && ret == XA_CARDINAL &&
|
|
|
|
|
format == 32 && nitems == 4) {
|
|
|
|
|
long *strut = (long *) data;
|
|
|
|
|
topData()->fleft = strut[0];
|
|
|
|
|
topData()->fright = strut[1];
|
|
|
|
|
topData()->ftop = strut[2];
|
|
|
|
|
topData()->fbottom = strut[3];
|
|
|
|
|
fstrut_dirty = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else if (event->xproperty.atom == qt_net_wm_state) {
|
|
|
|
|
bool max = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
bool full = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (event->xproperty.state == PropertyNewValue) {
|
|
|
|
|
// using length of 1024 should be safe for all current and
|
|
|
|
|
// possible NET states...
|
|
|
|
|
e = XGetWindowProperty(appDpy, event->xproperty.window, qt_net_wm_state, 0, 1024,
|
|
|
|
|
False, XA_ATOM, &ret, &format, &nitems, &after, &data);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (e == Success && ret == XA_ATOM && format == 32 && nitems > 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
Atom *states = (Atom *) data;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned long i;
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < nitems; i++) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (states[i] == qt_net_wm_state_max_v || states[i] == qt_net_wm_state_max_h)
|
|
|
|
|
max = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (states[i] == qt_net_wm_state_fullscreen)
|
|
|
|
|
full = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool send_event = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (qt_net_supports(qt_net_wm_state_max_v)
|
|
|
|
|
&& qt_net_supports(qt_net_wm_state_max_h)) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (max && !isMaximized()) {
|
|
|
|
|
setWState(WState_Maximized);
|
|
|
|
|
send_event = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
} else if (!max && isMaximized()) {
|
|
|
|
|
clearWState(WState_Maximized);
|
|
|
|
|
send_event = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (qt_net_supports(qt_net_wm_state_fullscreen)) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (full && !isFullScreen()) {
|
|
|
|
|
setWState(WState_FullScreen);
|
|
|
|
|
send_event = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
} else if (!full && isFullScreen()) {
|
|
|
|
|
clearWState(WState_FullScreen);
|
|
|
|
|
send_event = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (send_event) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQEvent e(TQEvent::WindowStateChange);
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(this, &e);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else if (event->xproperty.atom == tqt_wm_state) {
|
|
|
|
|
// the widget frame strut should also be invalidated
|
|
|
|
|
topData()->fleft = topData()->fright = topData()->ftop = topData()->fbottom = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
fstrut_dirty = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (event->xproperty.state == PropertyDelete) {
|
|
|
|
|
// the window manager has removed the WM State property,
|
|
|
|
|
// so it is now in the withdrawn state (ICCCM 4.1.3.1) and
|
|
|
|
|
// we are free to reuse this window
|
|
|
|
|
topData()->parentWinId = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
// map the window if we were waiting for a transition to
|
|
|
|
|
// withdrawn
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_deferred_map_contains( this ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
qt_deferred_map_take( this );
|
|
|
|
|
XMapWindow( appDpy, winId() );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else if (topData()->parentWinId != TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(x11Screen())) {
|
|
|
|
|
// the window manager has changed the WM State property...
|
|
|
|
|
// we are wanting to see if we are withdrawn so that we
|
|
|
|
|
// can reuse this window... we only do this check *IF* we
|
|
|
|
|
// haven't been reparented to root - (the parentWinId !=
|
|
|
|
|
// TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow(x11Screen())) check
|
|
|
|
|
// above
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
e = XGetWindowProperty(appDpy, winId(), tqt_wm_state, 0, 2, False, tqt_wm_state,
|
|
|
|
|
&ret, &format, &nitems, &after, &data );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (e == Success && ret == tqt_wm_state && format == 32 && nitems > 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
long *state = (long *) data;
|
|
|
|
|
switch (state[0]) {
|
|
|
|
|
case WithdrawnState:
|
|
|
|
|
// if we are in the withdrawn state, we are free
|
|
|
|
|
// to reuse this window provided we remove the
|
|
|
|
|
// WM_STATE property (ICCCM 4.1.3.1)
|
|
|
|
|
XDeleteProperty(appDpy, winId(), tqt_wm_state);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// set the parent id to zero, so that show() will
|
|
|
|
|
// work again
|
|
|
|
|
topData()->parentWinId = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
// map the window if we were waiting for a
|
|
|
|
|
// transition to withdrawn
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_deferred_map_contains( this ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
qt_deferred_map_take( this );
|
|
|
|
|
XMapWindow( appDpy, winId() );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case IconicState:
|
|
|
|
|
if (!isMinimized()) {
|
|
|
|
|
// window was minimized
|
|
|
|
|
setWState(WState_Minimized);
|
|
|
|
|
TQEvent e(TQEvent::WindowStateChange);
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(this, &e);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
if (isMinimized()) {
|
|
|
|
|
// window was un-minimized
|
|
|
|
|
clearWState(WState_Minimized);
|
|
|
|
|
TQEvent e(TQEvent::WindowStateChange);
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(this, &e);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (data)
|
|
|
|
|
XFree(data);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
|
|
|
|
|
#define XK_ISO_Left_Tab 0xFE20
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// the next lines are taken from XFree > 4.0 (X11/XF86keysyms.h), defining some special
|
|
|
|
|
// multimedia keys. They are included here as not every system has them.
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_Standby 0x1008FF10
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_AudioLowerVolume 0x1008FF11
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_AudioMute 0x1008FF12
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_AudioRaiseVolume 0x1008FF13
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_AudioPlay 0x1008FF14
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_AudioStop 0x1008FF15
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_AudioPrev 0x1008FF16
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_AudioNext 0x1008FF17
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_HomePage 0x1008FF18
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_Calculator 0x1008FF1D
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_Mail 0x1008FF19
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_Start 0x1008FF1A
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_Search 0x1008FF1B
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_AudioRecord 0x1008FF1C
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_Back 0x1008FF26
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_Forward 0x1008FF27
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_Stop 0x1008FF28
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_Refresh 0x1008FF29
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_Favorites 0x1008FF30
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_AudioPause 0x1008FF31
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_AudioMedia 0x1008FF32
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_MyComputer 0x1008FF33
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_OpenURL 0x1008FF38
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_Launch0 0x1008FF40
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_Launch1 0x1008FF41
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_Launch2 0x1008FF42
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_Launch3 0x1008FF43
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_Launch4 0x1008FF44
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_Launch5 0x1008FF45
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_Launch6 0x1008FF46
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_Launch7 0x1008FF47
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_Launch8 0x1008FF48
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_Launch9 0x1008FF49
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_LaunchA 0x1008FF4A
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_LaunchB 0x1008FF4B
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_LaunchC 0x1008FF4C
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_LaunchD 0x1008FF4D
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_LaunchE 0x1008FF4E
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_LaunchF 0x1008FF4F
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_MonBrightnessUp 0x1008FF02 /* Monitor/panel brightness */
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_MonBrightnessDown 0x1008FF03 /* Monitor/panel brightness */
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_KbdLightOnOff 0x1008FF04 /* Keyboards may be lit */
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_KbdBrightnessUp 0x1008FF05 /* Keyboards may be lit */
|
|
|
|
|
#define XF86XK_KbdBrightnessDown 0x1008FF06 /* Keyboards may be lit */
|
|
|
|
|
// end of XF86keysyms.h
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const KeySym KeyTbl[] = { // keyboard mapping table
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Escape, TQt::Key_Escape, // misc keys
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Tab, TQt::Key_Tab,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_ISO_Left_Tab, TQt::Key_Backtab,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_BackSpace, TQt::Key_Backspace,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Return, TQt::Key_Return,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Insert, TQt::Key_Insert,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_KP_Insert, TQt::Key_Insert,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Delete, TQt::Key_Delete,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_KP_Delete, TQt::Key_Delete,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Clear, TQt::Key_Delete,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Pause, TQt::Key_Pause,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Print, TQt::Key_Print,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_KP_Begin, TQt::Key_Clear,
|
|
|
|
|
0x1005FF60, TQt::Key_SysReq, // hardcoded Sun SysReq
|
|
|
|
|
0x1007ff00, TQt::Key_SysReq, // hardcoded X386 SysReq
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Home, TQt::Key_Home, // cursor movement
|
|
|
|
|
XK_End, TQt::Key_End,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Left, TQt::Key_Left,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Up, TQt::Key_Up,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Right, TQt::Key_Right,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Down, TQt::Key_Down,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Prior, TQt::Key_Prior,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Next, TQt::Key_Next,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_KP_Home, TQt::Key_Home,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_KP_End, TQt::Key_End,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_KP_Left, TQt::Key_Left,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_KP_Up, TQt::Key_Up,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_KP_Right, TQt::Key_Right,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_KP_Down, TQt::Key_Down,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_KP_Prior, TQt::Key_Prior,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_KP_Next, TQt::Key_Next,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Shift_L, TQt::Key_Shift, // modifiers
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Shift_R, TQt::Key_Shift,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Shift_Lock, TQt::Key_Shift,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Control_L, TQt::Key_Control,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Control_R, TQt::Key_Control,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Meta_L, TQt::Key_Meta,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Meta_R, TQt::Key_Meta,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Alt_L, TQt::Key_Alt,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Alt_R, TQt::Key_Alt,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Caps_Lock, TQt::Key_CapsLock,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Num_Lock, TQt::Key_NumLock,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Scroll_Lock, TQt::Key_ScrollLock,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_KP_Space, TQt::Key_Space, // numeric keypad
|
|
|
|
|
XK_KP_Tab, TQt::Key_Tab,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_KP_Enter, TQt::Key_Enter,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_KP_Equal, TQt::Key_Equal,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_KP_Multiply, TQt::Key_Asterisk,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_KP_Add, TQt::Key_Plus,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_KP_Separator, TQt::Key_Comma,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_KP_Subtract, TQt::Key_Minus,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_KP_Decimal, TQt::Key_Period,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_KP_Divide, TQt::Key_Slash,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Super_L, TQt::Key_Super_L,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Super_R, TQt::Key_Super_R,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Menu, TQt::Key_Menu,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Hyper_L, TQt::Key_Hyper_L,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Hyper_R, TQt::Key_Hyper_R,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Help, TQt::Key_Help,
|
|
|
|
|
0x1000FF74, TQt::Key_BackTab, // hardcoded HP backtab
|
|
|
|
|
0x1005FF10, TQt::Key_F11, // hardcoded Sun F36 (labeled F11)
|
|
|
|
|
0x1005FF11, TQt::Key_F12, // hardcoded Sun F37 (labeled F12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// International input method support keys
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// International & multi-key character composition
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Multi_key, TQt::Key_Multi_key,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Codeinput, TQt::Key_Codeinput,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_SingleCandidate, TQt::Key_SingleCandidate,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_MultipleCandidate, TQt::Key_MultipleCandidate,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_PreviousCandidate, TQt::Key_PreviousCandidate,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Misc Functions
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Mode_switch, TQt::Key_Mode_switch,
|
|
|
|
|
//XK_script_switch, TQt::Key_script_switch,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_script_switch, TQt::Key_Mode_switch,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Japanese keyboard support
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Kanji, TQt::Key_Kanji,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Muhenkan, TQt::Key_Muhenkan,
|
|
|
|
|
//XK_Henkan_Mode, TQt::Key_Henkan_Mode,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Henkan_Mode, TQt::Key_Henkan,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Henkan, TQt::Key_Henkan,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Romaji, TQt::Key_Romaji,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Hiragana, TQt::Key_Hiragana,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Katakana, TQt::Key_Katakana,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Hiragana_Katakana, TQt::Key_Hiragana_Katakana,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Zenkaku, TQt::Key_Zenkaku,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Hankaku, TQt::Key_Hankaku,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Zenkaku_Hankaku, TQt::Key_Zenkaku_Hankaku,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Touroku, TQt::Key_Touroku,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Massyo, TQt::Key_Massyo,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Kana_Lock, TQt::Key_Kana_Lock,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Kana_Shift, TQt::Key_Kana_Shift,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Eisu_Shift, TQt::Key_Eisu_Shift,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Eisu_toggle, TQt::Key_Eisu_toggle,
|
|
|
|
|
//XK_Kanji_Bangou, TQt::Key_Kanji_Bangou,
|
|
|
|
|
//XK_Zen_Koho, TQt::Key_Zen_Koho,
|
|
|
|
|
//XK_Mae_Koho, TQt::Key_Mae_Koho,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Kanji_Bangou, TQt::Key_Codeinput,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Zen_Koho, TQt::Key_MultipleCandidate,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Mae_Koho, TQt::Key_PreviousCandidate,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef XK_KOREAN
|
|
|
|
|
// Korean keyboard support
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Hangul, TQt::Key_Hangul,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Hangul_Start, TQt::Key_Hangul_Start,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Hangul_End, TQt::Key_Hangul_End,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Hangul_Hanja, TQt::Key_Hangul_Hanja,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Hangul_Jamo, TQt::Key_Hangul_Jamo,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Hangul_Romaja, TQt::Key_Hangul_Romaja,
|
|
|
|
|
//XK_Hangul_Codeinput, TQt::Key_Hangul_Codeinput,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Hangul_Codeinput, TQt::Key_Codeinput,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Hangul_Jeonja, TQt::Key_Hangul_Jeonja,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Hangul_Banja, TQt::Key_Hangul_Banja,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Hangul_PreHanja, TQt::Key_Hangul_PreHanja,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Hangul_PostHanja, TQt::Key_Hangul_PostHanja,
|
|
|
|
|
//XK_Hangul_SingleCandidate, TQt::Key_Hangul_SingleCandidate,
|
|
|
|
|
//XK_Hangul_MultipleCandidate, TQt::Key_Hangul_MultipleCandidate,
|
|
|
|
|
//XK_Hangul_PreviousCandidate, TQt::Key_Hangul_PreviousCandidate,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Hangul_SingleCandidate, TQt::Key_SingleCandidate,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Hangul_MultipleCandidate, TQt::Key_MultipleCandidate,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Hangul_PreviousCandidate, TQt::Key_PreviousCandidate,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Hangul_Special, TQt::Key_Hangul_Special,
|
|
|
|
|
//XK_Hangul_switch, TQt::Key_Hangul_switch,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_Hangul_switch, TQt::Key_Mode_switch,
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // XK_KOREAN
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// dead keys
|
|
|
|
|
XK_dead_grave, TQt::Key_Dead_Grave,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_dead_acute, TQt::Key_Dead_Acute,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_dead_circumflex, TQt::Key_Dead_Circumflex,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_dead_tilde, TQt::Key_Dead_Tilde,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_dead_macron, TQt::Key_Dead_Macron,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_dead_breve, TQt::Key_Dead_Breve,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_dead_abovedot, TQt::Key_Dead_Abovedot,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_dead_diaeresis, TQt::Key_Dead_Diaeresis,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_dead_abovering, TQt::Key_Dead_Abovering,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_dead_doubleacute, TQt::Key_Dead_Doubleacute,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_dead_caron, TQt::Key_Dead_Caron,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_dead_cedilla, TQt::Key_Dead_Cedilla,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_dead_ogonek, TQt::Key_Dead_Ogonek,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_dead_iota, TQt::Key_Dead_Iota,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_dead_voiced_sound, TQt::Key_Dead_Voiced_Sound,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_dead_semivoiced_sound, TQt::Key_Dead_Semivoiced_Sound,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_dead_belowdot, TQt::Key_Dead_Belowdot,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_dead_hook, TQt::Key_Dead_Hook,
|
|
|
|
|
XK_dead_horn, TQt::Key_Dead_Horn,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Special multimedia keys
|
|
|
|
|
// currently only tested with MS internet keyboard
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// browsing keys
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_Back, TQt::Key_Back,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_Forward, TQt::Key_Forward,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_Stop, TQt::Key_Stop,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_Refresh, TQt::Key_Refresh,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_Favorites, TQt::Key_Favorites,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_AudioMedia, TQt::Key_LaunchMedia,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_OpenURL, TQt::Key_OpenUrl,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_HomePage, TQt::Key_HomePage,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_Search, TQt::Key_Search,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// media keys
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_AudioLowerVolume, TQt::Key_VolumeDown,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_AudioMute, TQt::Key_VolumeMute,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_AudioRaiseVolume, TQt::Key_VolumeUp,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_AudioPlay, TQt::Key_MediaPlay,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_AudioStop, TQt::Key_MediaStop,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_AudioPrev, TQt::Key_MediaPrev,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_AudioNext, TQt::Key_MediaNext,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_AudioRecord, TQt::Key_MediaRecord,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// launch keys
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_Mail, TQt::Key_LaunchMail,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_MyComputer, TQt::Key_Launch0,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_Calculator, TQt::Key_Launch1,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_Standby, TQt::Key_Standby,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_Launch0, TQt::Key_Launch2,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_Launch1, TQt::Key_Launch3,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_Launch2, TQt::Key_Launch4,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_Launch3, TQt::Key_Launch5,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_Launch4, TQt::Key_Launch6,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_Launch5, TQt::Key_Launch7,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_Launch6, TQt::Key_Launch8,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_Launch7, TQt::Key_Launch9,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_Launch8, TQt::Key_LaunchA,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_Launch9, TQt::Key_LaunchB,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_LaunchA, TQt::Key_LaunchC,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_LaunchB, TQt::Key_LaunchD,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_LaunchC, TQt::Key_LaunchE,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_LaunchD, TQt::Key_LaunchF,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_MonBrightnessUp, TQt::Key_MonBrightnessUp,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_MonBrightnessDown, TQt::Key_MonBrightnessDown,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_KbdLightOnOff, TQt::Key_KeyboardLightOnOff,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_KbdBrightnessUp, TQt::Key_KeyboardBrightnessUp,
|
|
|
|
|
XF86XK_KbdBrightnessDown, TQt::Key_KeyboardBrightnessDown,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0, 0
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static TQIntDict<void> *keyDict = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
static TQIntDict<void> *textDict = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void deleteKeyDicts()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( keyDict )
|
|
|
|
|
delete keyDict;
|
|
|
|
|
keyDict = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( textDict )
|
|
|
|
|
delete textDict;
|
|
|
|
|
textDict = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if !defined(TQT_NO_XIM)
|
|
|
|
|
static const unsigned short katakanaKeysymsToUnicode[] = {
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x3002, 0x300C, 0x300D, 0x3001, 0x30FB, 0x30F2, 0x30A1,
|
|
|
|
|
0x30A3, 0x30A5, 0x30A7, 0x30A9, 0x30E3, 0x30E5, 0x30E7, 0x30C3,
|
|
|
|
|
0x30FC, 0x30A2, 0x30A4, 0x30A6, 0x30A8, 0x30AA, 0x30AB, 0x30AD,
|
|
|
|
|
0x30AF, 0x30B1, 0x30B3, 0x30B5, 0x30B7, 0x30B9, 0x30BB, 0x30BD,
|
|
|
|
|
0x30BF, 0x30C1, 0x30C4, 0x30C6, 0x30C8, 0x30CA, 0x30CB, 0x30CC,
|
|
|
|
|
0x30CD, 0x30CE, 0x30CF, 0x30D2, 0x30D5, 0x30D8, 0x30DB, 0x30DE,
|
|
|
|
|
0x30DF, 0x30E0, 0x30E1, 0x30E2, 0x30E4, 0x30E6, 0x30E8, 0x30E9,
|
|
|
|
|
0x30EA, 0x30EB, 0x30EC, 0x30ED, 0x30EF, 0x30F3, 0x309B, 0x309C
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const unsigned short cyrillicKeysymsToUnicode[] = {
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x0452, 0x0453, 0x0451, 0x0454, 0x0455, 0x0456, 0x0457,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0458, 0x0459, 0x045a, 0x045b, 0x045c, 0x0000, 0x045e, 0x045f,
|
|
|
|
|
0x2116, 0x0402, 0x0403, 0x0401, 0x0404, 0x0405, 0x0406, 0x0407,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0408, 0x0409, 0x040a, 0x040b, 0x040c, 0x0000, 0x040e, 0x040f,
|
|
|
|
|
0x044e, 0x0430, 0x0431, 0x0446, 0x0434, 0x0435, 0x0444, 0x0433,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0445, 0x0438, 0x0439, 0x043a, 0x043b, 0x043c, 0x043d, 0x043e,
|
|
|
|
|
0x043f, 0x044f, 0x0440, 0x0441, 0x0442, 0x0443, 0x0436, 0x0432,
|
|
|
|
|
0x044c, 0x044b, 0x0437, 0x0448, 0x044d, 0x0449, 0x0447, 0x044a,
|
|
|
|
|
0x042e, 0x0410, 0x0411, 0x0426, 0x0414, 0x0415, 0x0424, 0x0413,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0425, 0x0418, 0x0419, 0x041a, 0x041b, 0x041c, 0x041d, 0x041e,
|
|
|
|
|
0x041f, 0x042f, 0x0420, 0x0421, 0x0422, 0x0423, 0x0416, 0x0412,
|
|
|
|
|
0x042c, 0x042b, 0x0417, 0x0428, 0x042d, 0x0429, 0x0427, 0x042a
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const unsigned short greekKeysymsToUnicode[] = {
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x0386, 0x0388, 0x0389, 0x038a, 0x03aa, 0x0000, 0x038c,
|
|
|
|
|
0x038e, 0x03ab, 0x0000, 0x038f, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0385, 0x2015,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x03ac, 0x03ad, 0x03ae, 0x03af, 0x03ca, 0x0390, 0x03cc,
|
|
|
|
|
0x03cd, 0x03cb, 0x03b0, 0x03ce, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x0391, 0x0392, 0x0393, 0x0394, 0x0395, 0x0396, 0x0397,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0398, 0x0399, 0x039a, 0x039b, 0x039c, 0x039d, 0x039e, 0x039f,
|
|
|
|
|
0x03a0, 0x03a1, 0x03a3, 0x0000, 0x03a4, 0x03a5, 0x03a6, 0x03a7,
|
|
|
|
|
0x03a8, 0x03a9, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x03b1, 0x03b2, 0x03b3, 0x03b4, 0x03b5, 0x03b6, 0x03b7,
|
|
|
|
|
0x03b8, 0x03b9, 0x03ba, 0x03bb, 0x03bc, 0x03bd, 0x03be, 0x03bf,
|
|
|
|
|
0x03c0, 0x03c1, 0x03c3, 0x03c2, 0x03c4, 0x03c5, 0x03c6, 0x03c7,
|
|
|
|
|
0x03c8, 0x03c9, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const unsigned short technicalKeysymsToUnicode[] = {
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x23B7, 0x250C, 0x2500, 0x2320, 0x2321, 0x2502, 0x23A1,
|
|
|
|
|
0x23A3, 0x23A4, 0x23A6, 0x239B, 0x239D, 0x239E, 0x23A0, 0x23A8,
|
|
|
|
|
0x23AC, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x2264, 0x2260, 0x2265, 0x222B,
|
|
|
|
|
0x2234, 0x221D, 0x221E, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x2207, 0x0000, 0x0000,
|
|
|
|
|
0x223C, 0x2243, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x21D4, 0x21D2, 0x2261,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x221A, 0x0000,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x0000, 0x2282, 0x2283, 0x2229, 0x222A, 0x2227, 0x2228,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x2202,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0192, 0x0000,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x2190, 0x2191, 0x2192, 0x2193, 0x0000
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const unsigned short specialKeysymsToUnicode[] = {
|
|
|
|
|
0x25C6, 0x2592, 0x2409, 0x240C, 0x240D, 0x240A, 0x0000, 0x0000,
|
|
|
|
|
0x2424, 0x240B, 0x2518, 0x2510, 0x250C, 0x2514, 0x253C, 0x23BA,
|
|
|
|
|
0x23BB, 0x2500, 0x23BC, 0x23BD, 0x251C, 0x2524, 0x2534, 0x252C,
|
|
|
|
|
0x2502, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const unsigned short publishingKeysymsToUnicode[] = {
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x2003, 0x2002, 0x2004, 0x2005, 0x2007, 0x2008, 0x2009,
|
|
|
|
|
0x200a, 0x2014, 0x2013, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x2026, 0x2025,
|
|
|
|
|
0x2153, 0x2154, 0x2155, 0x2156, 0x2157, 0x2158, 0x2159, 0x215a,
|
|
|
|
|
0x2105, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x2012, 0x2329, 0x0000, 0x232a, 0x0000,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x215b, 0x215c, 0x215d, 0x215e, 0x0000,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x2122, 0x2613, 0x0000, 0x25c1, 0x25b7, 0x25cb, 0x25af,
|
|
|
|
|
0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201c, 0x201d, 0x211e, 0x0000, 0x2032, 0x2033,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x271d, 0x0000, 0x25ac, 0x25c0, 0x25b6, 0x25cf, 0x25ae,
|
|
|
|
|
0x25e6, 0x25ab, 0x25ad, 0x25b3, 0x25bd, 0x2606, 0x2022, 0x25aa,
|
|
|
|
|
0x25b2, 0x25bc, 0x261c, 0x261e, 0x2663, 0x2666, 0x2665, 0x0000,
|
|
|
|
|
0x2720, 0x2020, 0x2021, 0x2713, 0x2717, 0x266f, 0x266d, 0x2642,
|
|
|
|
|
0x2640, 0x260e, 0x2315, 0x2117, 0x2038, 0x201a, 0x201e, 0x0000
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const unsigned short aplKeysymsToUnicode[] = {
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x003c, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x003e, 0x0000,
|
|
|
|
|
0x2228, 0x2227, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000,
|
|
|
|
|
0x00af, 0x0000, 0x22a5, 0x2229, 0x230a, 0x0000, 0x005f, 0x0000,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x0000, 0x2218, 0x0000, 0x2395, 0x0000, 0x22a4, 0x25cb,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x2308, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x222a, 0x0000,
|
|
|
|
|
0x2283, 0x0000, 0x2282, 0x0000, 0x22a2, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000,
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x22a3, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const unsigned short koreanKeysymsToUnicode[] = {
|
|
|
|
|
0x0000, 0x3131, 0x3132, 0x3133, 0x3134, 0x3135, 0x3136, 0x3137,
|
|
|
|
|
0x3138, 0x3139, 0x313a, 0x313b, 0x313c, 0x313d, 0x313e, 0x313f,
|
|
|
|
|
0x3140, 0x3141, 0x3142, 0x3143, 0x3144, 0x3145, 0x3146, 0x3147,
|
|
|
|
|
0x3148, 0x3149, 0x314a, 0x314b, 0x314c, 0x314d, 0x314e, 0x314f,
|
|
|
|
|
0x3150, 0x3151, 0x3152, 0x3153, 0x3154, 0x3155, 0x3156, 0x3157,
|
|
|
|
|
0x3158, 0x3159, 0x315a, 0x315b, 0x315c, 0x315d, 0x315e, 0x315f,
|
|
|
|
|
0x3160, 0x3161, 0x3162, 0x3163, 0x11a8, 0x11a9, 0x11aa, 0x11ab,
|
|
|
|
|
0x11ac, 0x11ad, 0x11ae, 0x11af, 0x11b0, 0x11b1, 0x11b2, 0x11b3,
|
|
|
|
|
0x11b4, 0x11b5, 0x11b6, 0x11b7, 0x11b8, 0x11b9, 0x11ba, 0x11bb,
|
|
|
|
|
0x11bc, 0x11bd, 0x11be, 0x11bf, 0x11c0, 0x11c1, 0x11c2, 0x316d,
|
|
|
|
|
0x3171, 0x3178, 0x317f, 0x3181, 0x3184, 0x3186, 0x318d, 0x318e,
|
|
|
|
|
0x11eb, 0x11f0, 0x11f9, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x20a9
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static TQChar keysymToUnicode(unsigned char byte3, unsigned char byte4)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( byte3 == 0x04 ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// katakana
|
|
|
|
|
if ( byte4 > 0xa0 && byte4 < 0xe0 )
|
|
|
|
|
return TQChar( katakanaKeysymsToUnicode[byte4 - 0xa0] );
|
|
|
|
|
else if ( byte4 == 0x7e )
|
|
|
|
|
return TQChar( 0x203e ); // Overline
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( byte3 == 0x06 ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// russian, use lookup table
|
|
|
|
|
if ( byte4 > 0xa0 )
|
|
|
|
|
return TQChar( cyrillicKeysymsToUnicode[byte4 - 0xa0] );
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( byte3 == 0x07 ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// greek
|
|
|
|
|
if ( byte4 > 0xa0 )
|
|
|
|
|
return TQChar( greekKeysymsToUnicode[byte4 - 0xa0] );
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( byte3 == 0x08 ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// technical
|
|
|
|
|
if ( byte4 > 0xa0 )
|
|
|
|
|
return TQChar( technicalKeysymsToUnicode[byte4 - 0xa0] );
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( byte3 == 0x09 ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// special
|
|
|
|
|
if ( byte4 >= 0xe0 )
|
|
|
|
|
return TQChar( specialKeysymsToUnicode[byte4 - 0xe0] );
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( byte3 == 0x0a ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// publishing
|
|
|
|
|
if ( byte4 > 0xa0 )
|
|
|
|
|
return TQChar( publishingKeysymsToUnicode[byte4 - 0xa0] );
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( byte3 == 0x0b ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// APL
|
|
|
|
|
if ( byte4 > 0xa0 )
|
|
|
|
|
return TQChar( aplKeysymsToUnicode[byte4 - 0xa0] );
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( byte3 == 0x0e ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// Korean
|
|
|
|
|
if ( byte4 > 0xa0 )
|
|
|
|
|
return TQChar( koreanKeysymsToUnicode[byte4 - 0xa0] );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return TQChar(0x0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQETWidget::translateKeyEventInternal( const XEvent *event, int& count,
|
|
|
|
|
TQString& text,
|
|
|
|
|
int& state,
|
|
|
|
|
char& ascii, int& code, TQEvent::Type &type, bool willRepeat, bool statefulTranslation )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
TQTextCodec *mapper = qt_input_mapper;
|
|
|
|
|
// some XmbLookupString implementations don't return buffer overflow correctly,
|
|
|
|
|
// so we increase the input buffer to allow for long strings...
|
|
|
|
|
// 256 chars * 2 bytes + 1 null-term == 513 bytes
|
|
|
|
|
TQCString chars(513);
|
|
|
|
|
TQChar converted;
|
|
|
|
|
KeySym key = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !keyDict ) {
|
|
|
|
|
keyDict = new TQIntDict<void>( 13 );
|
|
|
|
|
keyDict->setAutoDelete( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
textDict = new TQIntDict<void>( 13 );
|
|
|
|
|
textDict->setAutoDelete( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
tqAddPostRoutine( deleteKeyDicts );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XKeyEvent xkeyevent = event->xkey;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// save the modifier state, we will use the keystate uint later by passing
|
|
|
|
|
// it to qt_x11_translateButtonState
|
|
|
|
|
uint keystate = event->xkey.state;
|
|
|
|
|
// remove the modifiers where mode_switch exists... HPUX machines seem
|
|
|
|
|
// to have alt *AND* mode_switch both in Mod1Mask, which causes
|
|
|
|
|
// XLookupString to return things like '<27>' (aring) for ALT-A. This
|
|
|
|
|
// completely breaks modifiers. If we remove the modifier for Mode_switch,
|
|
|
|
|
// then things work correctly...
|
|
|
|
|
xkeyevent.state &= ~qt_mode_switch_remove_mask;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
type = (event->type == XKeyPress)
|
|
|
|
|
? TQEvent::KeyPress : TQEvent::KeyRelease;
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(TQT_NO_XIM)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
count = XLookupString( &xkeyevent, chars.data(), chars.size(), &key, 0 );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( count == 1 )
|
|
|
|
|
ascii = chars[0];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
// Implementation for X11R5 and newer, using XIM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int keycode = event->xkey.keycode;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( type == TQEvent::KeyPress ) {
|
|
|
|
|
bool mb=FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
// commit string handling is done by
|
|
|
|
|
// TQXIMInputContext::x11FilterEvent() and are passed to
|
|
|
|
|
// widgets via TQIMEvent regardless of XIM style, so the
|
|
|
|
|
// following code is commented out.
|
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_xim ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQTLWExtra* xd = tlw->topData();
|
|
|
|
|
TQInputContext *qic = (TQInputContext *) xd->xic;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qic ) {
|
|
|
|
|
mb=TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
count = qic->lookupString(&xkeyevent, chars, &key, &status);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !mb ) {
|
|
|
|
|
count = XLookupString( &xkeyevent,
|
|
|
|
|
chars.data(), chars.size(), &key, 0 );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( count && !keycode ) {
|
|
|
|
|
keycode = qt_ximComposingKeycode;
|
|
|
|
|
qt_ximComposingKeycode = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( key )
|
|
|
|
|
keyDict->replace( keycode, (void*)key );
|
|
|
|
|
// all keysyms smaller than that are actally keys that can be mapped
|
|
|
|
|
// to unicode chars
|
|
|
|
|
if ( count == 0 && key < 0xff00 ) {
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned char byte3 = (unsigned char )(key >> 8);
|
|
|
|
|
int mib = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
switch( byte3 ) {
|
|
|
|
|
case 0: // Latin 1
|
|
|
|
|
case 1: // Latin 2
|
|
|
|
|
case 2: //latin 3
|
|
|
|
|
case 3: // latin4
|
|
|
|
|
mib = byte3 + 4; break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 5: // arabic
|
|
|
|
|
mib = 82; break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 12: // Hebrew
|
|
|
|
|
mib = 85; break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 13: // Thai
|
|
|
|
|
mib = 2259; break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 4: // kana
|
|
|
|
|
case 6: // cyrillic
|
|
|
|
|
case 7: // greek
|
|
|
|
|
case 8: // technical, no mapping here at the moment
|
|
|
|
|
case 9: // Special
|
|
|
|
|
case 10: // Publishing
|
|
|
|
|
case 11: // APL
|
|
|
|
|
case 14: // Korean, no mapping
|
|
|
|
|
mib = -1; // manual conversion
|
|
|
|
|
mapper = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
converted = keysymToUnicode( byte3, key & 0xff );
|
|
|
|
|
case 0x20:
|
|
|
|
|
// currency symbols
|
|
|
|
|
if ( key >= 0x20a0 && key <= 0x20ac ) {
|
|
|
|
|
mib = -1; // manual conversion
|
|
|
|
|
mapper = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
converted = (uint)key;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( mib != -1 ) {
|
|
|
|
|
mapper = TQTextCodec::codecForMib( mib );
|
|
|
|
|
chars[0] = (unsigned char) (key & 0xff); // get only the fourth bit for conversion later
|
|
|
|
|
count++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( key >= 0x1000000 && key <= 0x100ffff ) {
|
|
|
|
|
converted = (ushort) (key - 0x1000000);
|
|
|
|
|
mapper = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( count < (int)chars.size()-1 )
|
|
|
|
|
chars[count] = '\0';
|
|
|
|
|
if ( count == 1 ) {
|
|
|
|
|
ascii = chars[0];
|
|
|
|
|
// +256 so we can store all eight-bit codes, including ascii 0,
|
|
|
|
|
// and independent of whether char is signed or not.
|
|
|
|
|
textDict->replace( keycode, (void*)(long)(256+ascii) );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
key = (int)(long)keyDict->find( keycode );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( key )
|
|
|
|
|
if( !willRepeat && statefulTranslation ) // Take out key of dictionary only if this call.
|
|
|
|
|
keyDict->take( keycode );
|
|
|
|
|
long s = (long)textDict->find( keycode );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( s ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if( statefulTranslation )
|
|
|
|
|
textDict->take( keycode );
|
|
|
|
|
ascii = (char)(s-256);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // !TQT_NO_XIM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
state = qt_x11_translateButtonState( keystate );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int directionKeyEvent = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
static unsigned int lastWinId = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_use_rtl_extensions && type == TQEvent::KeyRelease && statefulTranslation ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (directionKeyEvent == Key_Direction_R || directionKeyEvent == Key_Direction_L ) {
|
|
|
|
|
type = TQEvent::KeyPress;
|
|
|
|
|
code = directionKeyEvent;
|
|
|
|
|
chars[0] = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
directionKeyEvent = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
lastWinId = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
directionKeyEvent = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
lastWinId = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Watch for keypresses and if its a key belonging to the Ctrl-Shift
|
|
|
|
|
// direction-changing accel, remember it.
|
|
|
|
|
// We keep track of those keys instead of using the event's state
|
|
|
|
|
// (to figure out whether the Ctrl modifier is held while Shift is pressed,
|
|
|
|
|
// or Shift is held while Ctrl is pressed) since the 'state' doesn't tell
|
|
|
|
|
// us whether the modifier held is Left or Right.
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_use_rtl_extensions && type == TQEvent::KeyPress && statefulTranslation ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (key == XK_Control_L || key == XK_Control_R || key == XK_Shift_L || key == XK_Shift_R) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (!directionKeyEvent) {
|
|
|
|
|
directionKeyEvent = key;
|
|
|
|
|
// This code exists in order to check that
|
|
|
|
|
// the event is occurred in the same widget.
|
|
|
|
|
lastWinId = winId();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
// this can no longer be a direction-changing accel.
|
|
|
|
|
// if any other key was pressed.
|
|
|
|
|
directionKeyEvent = Key_Space;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Commentary in X11/keysymdef says that X codes match ASCII, so it
|
|
|
|
|
// is safe to use the locale functions to process X codes in ISO8859-1.
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// This is mainly for compatibility - applications should not use the
|
|
|
|
|
// TQt keycodes between 128 and 255, but should rather use the
|
|
|
|
|
// TQKeyEvent::text().
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
if ( key < 128 || (key < 256 && (!qt_input_mapper || qt_input_mapper->mibEnum()==4)) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
code = isprint((int)key) ? toupper((int)key) : 0; // upper-case key, if known
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( key >= XK_F1 && key <= XK_F35 ) {
|
|
|
|
|
code = Key_F1 + ((int)key - XK_F1); // function keys
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( key >= XK_KP_0 && key <= XK_KP_9) {
|
|
|
|
|
code = Key_0 + ((int)key - XK_KP_0); // numeric keypad keys
|
|
|
|
|
state |= Keypad;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
int i = 0; // any other keys
|
|
|
|
|
while ( KeyTbl[i] ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( key == KeyTbl[i] ) {
|
|
|
|
|
code = (int)KeyTbl[i+1];
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
i += 2;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
switch ( key ) {
|
|
|
|
|
case XK_KP_Insert:
|
|
|
|
|
case XK_KP_Delete:
|
|
|
|
|
case XK_KP_Home:
|
|
|
|
|
case XK_KP_End:
|
|
|
|
|
case XK_KP_Left:
|
|
|
|
|
case XK_KP_Up:
|
|
|
|
|
case XK_KP_Right:
|
|
|
|
|
case XK_KP_Down:
|
|
|
|
|
case XK_KP_Prior:
|
|
|
|
|
case XK_KP_Next:
|
|
|
|
|
case XK_KP_Space:
|
|
|
|
|
case XK_KP_Tab:
|
|
|
|
|
case XK_KP_Enter:
|
|
|
|
|
case XK_KP_Equal:
|
|
|
|
|
case XK_KP_Multiply:
|
|
|
|
|
case XK_KP_Add:
|
|
|
|
|
case XK_KP_Separator:
|
|
|
|
|
case XK_KP_Subtract:
|
|
|
|
|
case XK_KP_Decimal:
|
|
|
|
|
case XK_KP_Divide:
|
|
|
|
|
state |= Keypad;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( code == Key_Tab &&
|
|
|
|
|
(state & ShiftButton) == ShiftButton ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// map shift+tab to shift+backtab, TQAccel knows about it
|
|
|
|
|
// and will handle it.
|
|
|
|
|
code = Key_Backtab;
|
|
|
|
|
chars[0] = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_use_rtl_extensions && type == TQEvent::KeyPress && statefulTranslation ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( directionKeyEvent && lastWinId == winId() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ( key == XK_Shift_L && directionKeyEvent == XK_Control_L ) ||
|
|
|
|
|
( key == XK_Control_L && directionKeyEvent == XK_Shift_L ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
directionKeyEvent = Key_Direction_L;
|
|
|
|
|
} else if ( ( key == XK_Shift_R && directionKeyEvent == XK_Control_R ) ||
|
|
|
|
|
( key == XK_Control_R && directionKeyEvent == XK_Shift_R ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
directionKeyEvent = Key_Direction_R;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if ( directionKeyEvent == Key_Direction_L || directionKeyEvent == Key_Direction_R ) {
|
|
|
|
|
directionKeyEvent = Key_Space; // invalid
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef Q_EE
|
|
|
|
|
static int c = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
extern void qt_dialog_default_key();
|
|
|
|
|
#define Q_EE(x) c = (c == x || (!c && x == 0x1000) )? x+1 : 0
|
|
|
|
|
if ( tlw && state == '0' ) {
|
|
|
|
|
switch ( code ) {
|
|
|
|
|
case 0x4f: Q_EE(Key_Backtab); break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 0x52: Q_EE(Key_Tab); break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 0x54: Q_EE(Key_Escape); break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 0x4c:
|
|
|
|
|
if (c == Key_Return )
|
|
|
|
|
qt_dialog_default_key();
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
Q_EE(Key_Backspace);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#undef Q_EE
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// convert chars (8bit) to text (unicode).
|
|
|
|
|
if ( mapper )
|
|
|
|
|
text = mapper->toUnicode(chars,count);
|
|
|
|
|
else if ( !mapper && converted.unicode() != 0x0 )
|
|
|
|
|
text = converted;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
text = chars;
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct qt_auto_repeat_data
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
// match the window and keycode with timestamp delta of 10ms
|
|
|
|
|
Window window;
|
|
|
|
|
KeyCode keycode;
|
|
|
|
|
Time timestamp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// queue scanner state
|
|
|
|
|
bool release;
|
|
|
|
|
bool error;
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
|
|
|
|
|
extern "C" {
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static Bool qt_keypress_scanner(Display *, XEvent *event, XPointer arg)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (event->type != XKeyPress && event->type != XKeyRelease)
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
qt_auto_repeat_data *d = (qt_auto_repeat_data *) arg;
|
|
|
|
|
if (d->error ||
|
|
|
|
|
event->xkey.window != d->window ||
|
|
|
|
|
event->xkey.keycode != d->keycode) {
|
|
|
|
|
d->error = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (event->type == XKeyPress) {
|
|
|
|
|
d->error = (! d->release || event->xkey.time - d->timestamp > 10);
|
|
|
|
|
return (! d->error);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// must be XKeyRelease event
|
|
|
|
|
if (d->release) {
|
|
|
|
|
// found a second release
|
|
|
|
|
d->error = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// found a single release
|
|
|
|
|
d->release = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
d->timestamp = event->xkey.time;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static Bool qt_keyrelease_scanner(Display *, XEvent *event, XPointer arg)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
const qt_auto_repeat_data *d = (const qt_auto_repeat_data *) arg;
|
|
|
|
|
return (event->type == XKeyRelease &&
|
|
|
|
|
event->xkey.window == d->window &&
|
|
|
|
|
event->xkey.keycode == d->keycode);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQETWidget::translateKeyEvent( const XEvent *event, bool grab )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int code = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
int count = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int state;
|
|
|
|
|
char ascii = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sm_blockUserInput ) // block user interaction during session management
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Display *dpy = x11Display();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !isEnabled() )
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQEvent::Type type;
|
|
|
|
|
bool autor = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
TQString text;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
translateKeyEventInternal( event, count, text, state, ascii, code, type,
|
|
|
|
|
qt_mode_switch_remove_mask != 0 );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static uint curr_autorep = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
// was this the last auto-repeater?
|
|
|
|
|
qt_auto_repeat_data auto_repeat_data;
|
|
|
|
|
auto_repeat_data.window = event->xkey.window;
|
|
|
|
|
auto_repeat_data.keycode = event->xkey.keycode;
|
|
|
|
|
auto_repeat_data.timestamp = event->xkey.time;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->type == XKeyPress ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( curr_autorep == event->xkey.keycode ) {
|
|
|
|
|
autor = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
curr_autorep = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
// look ahead for auto-repeat
|
|
|
|
|
XEvent nextpress;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
auto_repeat_data.release = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
auto_repeat_data.error = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
if (XCheckIfEvent(dpy, &nextpress, &qt_keypress_scanner,
|
|
|
|
|
(XPointer) &auto_repeat_data)) {
|
|
|
|
|
autor = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Put it back... we COULD send the event now and not need
|
|
|
|
|
// the static curr_autorep variable.
|
|
|
|
|
XPutBackEvent(dpy,&nextpress);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
curr_autorep = autor ? event->xkey.keycode : 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// process accelerators before doing key compression
|
|
|
|
|
if ( type == TQEvent::KeyPress && !grab ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// send accel events if the keyboard is not grabbed
|
|
|
|
|
TQKeyEvent a( type, code, ascii, state, text, autor,
|
|
|
|
|
TQMAX( TQMAX(count,1), int(text.length())) );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( tqt_tryAccelEvent( this, &a ) )
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
long save = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_mode_switch_remove_mask != 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
|
save = qt_mode_switch_remove_mask;
|
|
|
|
|
qt_mode_switch_remove_mask = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// translate the key event again, but this time apply any Mode_switch
|
|
|
|
|
// modifiers
|
|
|
|
|
translateKeyEventInternal( event, count, text, state, ascii, code, type );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_IM
|
|
|
|
|
TQInputContext *qic = getInputContext();
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// compress keys
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !text.isEmpty() && testWState(WState_CompressKeys) &&
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_IM
|
|
|
|
|
// Ordinary input methods require discrete key events to work
|
|
|
|
|
// properly, so key compression has to be disabled when input
|
|
|
|
|
// context exists.
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// And further consideration, some complex input method
|
|
|
|
|
// require all key press/release events discretely even if
|
|
|
|
|
// the input method awares of key compression and compressed
|
|
|
|
|
// keys are ordinary alphabets. For example, the uim project
|
|
|
|
|
// is planning to implement "combinational shift" feature for
|
|
|
|
|
// a Japanese input method, uim-skk. It will work as follows.
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// 1. press "r"
|
|
|
|
|
// 2. press "u"
|
|
|
|
|
// 3. release both "r" and "u" in arbitrary order
|
|
|
|
|
// 4. above key sequence generates "Ru"
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// Of course further consideration about other participants
|
|
|
|
|
// such as key repeat mechanism is required to implement such
|
|
|
|
|
// feature.
|
|
|
|
|
! qic &&
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // TQT_NO_IM
|
|
|
|
|
// do not compress keys if the key event we just got above matches
|
|
|
|
|
// one of the key ranges used to compute stopCompression
|
|
|
|
|
! ( ( code >= Key_Escape && code <= Key_SysReq ) ||
|
|
|
|
|
( code >= Key_Home && code <= Key_Next ) ||
|
|
|
|
|
( code >= Key_Super_L && code <= Key_Direction_R ) ||
|
|
|
|
|
( ( code == 0 ) && ( ascii == '\n' ) ) ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// the widget wants key compression so it gets it
|
|
|
|
|
int codeIntern = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
int countIntern = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int stateIntern;
|
|
|
|
|
char asciiIntern = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
XEvent evRelease;
|
|
|
|
|
XEvent evPress;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// sync the event queue, this makes key compress work better
|
|
|
|
|
XSync( dpy, FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (;;) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQString textIntern;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !XCheckTypedWindowEvent(dpy,event->xkey.window,
|
|
|
|
|
XKeyRelease,&evRelease) )
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !XCheckTypedWindowEvent(dpy,event->xkey.window,
|
|
|
|
|
XKeyPress,&evPress) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
XPutBackEvent(dpy, &evRelease);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
TQEvent::Type t;
|
|
|
|
|
translateKeyEventInternal( &evPress, countIntern, textIntern,
|
|
|
|
|
stateIntern, asciiIntern, codeIntern, t );
|
|
|
|
|
// use stopCompression to stop key compression for the following
|
|
|
|
|
// key event ranges:
|
|
|
|
|
bool stopCompression =
|
|
|
|
|
// 1) misc keys
|
|
|
|
|
( codeIntern >= Key_Escape && codeIntern <= Key_SysReq ) ||
|
|
|
|
|
// 2) cursor movement
|
|
|
|
|
( codeIntern >= Key_Home && codeIntern <= Key_Next ) ||
|
|
|
|
|
// 3) extra keys
|
|
|
|
|
( codeIntern >= Key_Super_L && codeIntern <= Key_Direction_R ) ||
|
|
|
|
|
// 4) something that a) doesn't translate to text or b) translates
|
|
|
|
|
// to newline text
|
|
|
|
|
((codeIntern == 0) && (asciiIntern == '\n'));
|
|
|
|
|
if (stateIntern == state && !textIntern.isEmpty() && !stopCompression) {
|
|
|
|
|
text += textIntern;
|
|
|
|
|
count += countIntern;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
XPutBackEvent(dpy, &evPress);
|
|
|
|
|
XPutBackEvent(dpy, &evRelease);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( save != 0 )
|
|
|
|
|
qt_mode_switch_remove_mask = save;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// autorepeat compression makes sense for all widgets (Windows
|
|
|
|
|
// does it automatically .... )
|
|
|
|
|
if ( event->type == XKeyPress && text.length() <= 1
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_IM
|
|
|
|
|
// input methods need discrete key events
|
|
|
|
|
&& ! qic
|
|
|
|
|
#endif// TQT_NO_IM
|
|
|
|
|
) {
|
|
|
|
|
XEvent dummy;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (;;) {
|
|
|
|
|
auto_repeat_data.release = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
auto_repeat_data.error = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
if (! XCheckIfEvent(dpy, &dummy, &qt_keypress_scanner,
|
|
|
|
|
(XPointer) &auto_repeat_data))
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
if (! XCheckIfEvent(dpy, &dummy, &qt_keyrelease_scanner,
|
|
|
|
|
(XPointer) &auto_repeat_data))
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
count++;
|
|
|
|
|
if (!text.isEmpty())
|
|
|
|
|
text += text[0];
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (code == 0 && ascii == '\n') {
|
|
|
|
|
code = Key_Return;
|
|
|
|
|
ascii = '\r';
|
|
|
|
|
text = "\r";
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// try the menukey first
|
|
|
|
|
if ( type == TQEvent::KeyPress && code == TQt::Key_Menu ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQContextMenuEvent e( TQContextMenuEvent::Keyboard, TQPoint( 5, 5 ), mapToGlobal( TQPoint( 5, 5 ) ), 0 );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( this, &e );
|
|
|
|
|
if( e.isAccepted() )
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQKeyEvent e( type, code, ascii, state, text, autor,
|
|
|
|
|
TQMAX(TQMAX(count,1), int(text.length())) );
|
|
|
|
|
return TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( this, &e );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// Paint event translation
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// When receiving many expose events, we compress them (union of all expose
|
|
|
|
|
// rectangles) into one event which is sent to the widget.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct PaintEventInfo {
|
|
|
|
|
Window window;
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
|
|
|
|
|
extern "C" {
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static Bool isPaintOrScrollDoneEvent( Display *, XEvent *ev, XPointer a )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
PaintEventInfo *info = (PaintEventInfo *)a;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ev->type == Expose || ev->type == GraphicsExpose
|
|
|
|
|
|| ( ev->type == ClientMessage
|
|
|
|
|
&& ev->xclient.message_type == qt_qt_scrolldone ) )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ev->xexpose.window == info->window )
|
|
|
|
|
return True;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return False;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// declared above: static TQPtrList<TQScrollInProgress> *sip_list = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void qt_insert_sip( TQWidget* scrolled_widget, int dx, int dy )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !sip_list ) {
|
|
|
|
|
sip_list = new TQPtrList<TQScrollInProgress>;
|
|
|
|
|
sip_list->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQScrollInProgress* sip = new TQScrollInProgress( scrolled_widget, dx, dy );
|
|
|
|
|
sip_list->append( sip );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XClientMessageEvent client_message = {};
|
|
|
|
|
client_message.type = ClientMessage;
|
|
|
|
|
client_message.window = scrolled_widget->winId();
|
|
|
|
|
client_message.format = 32;
|
|
|
|
|
client_message.message_type = qt_qt_scrolldone;
|
|
|
|
|
client_message.data.l[0] = sip->id;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XSendEvent( appDpy, scrolled_widget->winId(), False, NoEventMask,
|
|
|
|
|
(XEvent*)&client_message );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int qt_sip_count( TQWidget* scrolled_widget )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !sip_list )
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int sips=0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (TQScrollInProgress* sip = sip_list->first();
|
|
|
|
|
sip; sip=sip_list->next())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sip->scrolled_widget == scrolled_widget )
|
|
|
|
|
sips++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return sips;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static
|
|
|
|
|
bool translateBySips( TQWidget* that, TQRect& paintRect )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sip_list ) {
|
|
|
|
|
int dx=0, dy=0;
|
|
|
|
|
int sips=0;
|
|
|
|
|
for (TQScrollInProgress* sip = sip_list->first();
|
|
|
|
|
sip; sip=sip_list->next())
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sip->scrolled_widget == that ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sips ) {
|
|
|
|
|
dx += sip->dx;
|
|
|
|
|
dy += sip->dy;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
sips++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sips > 1 ) {
|
|
|
|
|
paintRect.moveBy( dx, dy );
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQETWidget::translatePaintEvent( const XEvent *event )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
setWState( WState_Exposed );
|
|
|
|
|
TQRect paintRect( event->xexpose.x, event->xexpose.y,
|
|
|
|
|
event->xexpose.width, event->xexpose.height );
|
|
|
|
|
bool merging_okay = !testWFlags(WPaintClever);
|
|
|
|
|
XEvent xevent;
|
|
|
|
|
PaintEventInfo info;
|
|
|
|
|
info.window = winId();
|
|
|
|
|
bool should_clip = translateBySips( this, paintRect );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQRegion paintRegion( paintRect );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( merging_okay ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// WARNING: this is O(number_of_events * number_of_matching_events)
|
|
|
|
|
while ( XCheckIfEvent(x11Display(),&xevent,isPaintOrScrollDoneEvent,
|
|
|
|
|
(XPointer)&info) &&
|
|
|
|
|
!qt_x11EventFilter(&xevent) &&
|
|
|
|
|
!x11Event( &xevent ) ) // send event through filter
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( xevent.type == Expose || xevent.type == GraphicsExpose ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQRect exposure(xevent.xexpose.x,
|
|
|
|
|
xevent.xexpose.y,
|
|
|
|
|
xevent.xexpose.width,
|
|
|
|
|
xevent.xexpose.height);
|
|
|
|
|
if ( translateBySips( this, exposure ) )
|
|
|
|
|
should_clip = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
paintRegion = paintRegion.unite( exposure );
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
translateScrollDoneEvent( &xevent );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( should_clip ) {
|
|
|
|
|
paintRegion = paintRegion.intersect( rect() );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( paintRegion.isEmpty() )
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQPaintEvent e( paintRegion );
|
|
|
|
|
setWState( WState_InPaintEvent );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !isTopLevel() && backgroundOrigin() != WidgetOrigin )
|
|
|
|
|
erase( paintRegion );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_set_paintevent_clipping( this, paintRegion );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( this, &e );
|
|
|
|
|
qt_clear_paintevent_clipping();
|
|
|
|
|
clearWState( WState_InPaintEvent );
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// Scroll-done event translation.
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQETWidget::translateScrollDoneEvent( const XEvent *event )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !sip_list ) return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
long id = event->xclient.data.l[0];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Remove any scroll-in-progress record for the given id.
|
|
|
|
|
for (TQScrollInProgress* sip = sip_list->first(); sip; sip=sip_list->next()) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sip->id == id ) {
|
|
|
|
|
sip_list->remove( sip_list->current() );
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
|
|
|
|
|
extern "C" {
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_XSYNC
|
|
|
|
|
static Bool qt_net_wm_sync_request_scanner(Display*, XEvent* event, XPointer arg)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return (event->type == ClientMessage && event->xclient.window == *(Window*)arg
|
|
|
|
|
&& event->xclient.message_type == tqt_wm_protocols
|
|
|
|
|
&& ((unsigned int)event->xclient.data.l[ 0 ]) == qt_net_wm_sync_request );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// ConfigureNotify (window move and resize) event translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQETWidget::translateConfigEvent( const XEvent *event )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
// config pending is only set on resize, see qwidget_x11.cpp, internalSetGeometry()
|
|
|
|
|
bool was_resize = testWState( WState_ConfigPending );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
clearWState(WState_ConfigPending);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( isTopLevel() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQPoint newCPos( geometry().topLeft() );
|
|
|
|
|
TQSize newSize( event->xconfigure.width, event->xconfigure.height );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool trust = (topData()->parentWinId == None ||
|
|
|
|
|
topData()->parentWinId == TQPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow());
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (event->xconfigure.send_event || trust ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// if a ConfigureNotify comes from a real sendevent request, we can
|
|
|
|
|
// trust its values.
|
|
|
|
|
newCPos.rx() = event->xconfigure.x + event->xconfigure.border_width;
|
|
|
|
|
newCPos.ry() = event->xconfigure.y + event->xconfigure.border_width;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( isVisible() )
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::syncX();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! extra || extra->compress_events) {
|
|
|
|
|
// ConfigureNotify compression for faster opaque resizing
|
|
|
|
|
XEvent otherEvent;
|
|
|
|
|
int compressed_configs = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
while ( XCheckTypedWindowEvent( x11Display(), winId(), ConfigureNotify,
|
|
|
|
|
&otherEvent ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_x11EventFilter( &otherEvent ) )
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (x11Event( &otherEvent ) )
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( otherEvent.xconfigure.event != otherEvent.xconfigure.window )
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
newSize.setWidth( otherEvent.xconfigure.width );
|
|
|
|
|
newSize.setHeight( otherEvent.xconfigure.height );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( otherEvent.xconfigure.send_event || trust ) {
|
|
|
|
|
newCPos.rx() = otherEvent.xconfigure.x +
|
|
|
|
|
otherEvent.xconfigure.border_width;
|
|
|
|
|
newCPos.ry() = otherEvent.xconfigure.y +
|
|
|
|
|
otherEvent.xconfigure.border_width;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
++compressed_configs;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_XSYNC
|
|
|
|
|
// _NET_WM_SYNC_REQUEST compression
|
|
|
|
|
Window wid = winId();
|
|
|
|
|
while ( compressed_configs &&
|
|
|
|
|
XCheckIfEvent( x11Display(), &otherEvent,
|
|
|
|
|
qt_net_wm_sync_request_scanner, (XPointer)&wid ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
handleSyncRequest( (void*)&otherEvent );
|
|
|
|
|
--compressed_configs;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQRect cr ( geometry() );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( newSize != cr.size() ) { // size changed
|
|
|
|
|
was_resize = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
TQSize oldSize = size();
|
|
|
|
|
cr.setSize( newSize );
|
|
|
|
|
crect = cr;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( isVisible() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQResizeEvent e( newSize, oldSize );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( this, &e );
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
TQResizeEvent * e = new TQResizeEvent( newSize, oldSize );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::postEvent( this, e );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( newCPos != cr.topLeft() ) { // compare with cpos (exluding frame)
|
|
|
|
|
TQPoint oldPos = geometry().topLeft();
|
|
|
|
|
cr.moveTopLeft( newCPos );
|
|
|
|
|
crect = cr;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( isVisible() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
TQMoveEvent e( newCPos, oldPos ); // pos (including frame), not cpos
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent( this, &e );
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
TQMoveEvent * e = new TQMoveEvent( newCPos, oldPos );
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::postEvent( this, e );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
XEvent xevent;
|
|
|
|
|
while ( XCheckTypedWindowEvent(x11Display(),winId(), ConfigureNotify,&xevent) &&
|
|
|
|
|
!qt_x11EventFilter(&xevent) &&
|
|
|
|
|
!x11Event( &xevent ) ) // send event through filter
|
|
|
|
|
;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool transbg = backgroundOrigin() != WidgetOrigin;
|
|
|
|
|
// we ignore NorthWestGravity at the moment for reversed layout
|
|
|
|
|
if ( transbg ||
|
|
|
|
|
(!testWFlags( WStaticContents ) &&
|
|
|
|
|
testWState( WState_Exposed ) && was_resize ) ||
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::reverseLayout() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
// remove unnecessary paint events from the queue
|
|
|
|
|
XEvent xevent;
|
|
|
|
|
while ( XCheckTypedWindowEvent( x11Display(), winId(), Expose, &xevent ) &&
|
|
|
|
|
! qt_x11EventFilter( &xevent ) &&
|
|
|
|
|
! x11Event( &xevent ) ) // send event through filter
|
|
|
|
|
;
|
|
|
|
|
repaint( !testWFlags(WResizeNoErase) || transbg );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
incrementSyncCounter();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
// Close window event translation.
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQETWidget::translateCloseEvent( const XEvent * )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return close(FALSE);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
Sets the text cursor's flash (blink) time to \a msecs
|
|
|
|
|
milliseconds. The flash time is the time required to display,
|
|
|
|
|
invert and restore the caret display. Usually the text cursor is
|
|
|
|
|
displayed for \a msecs/2 milliseconds, then hidden for \a msecs/2
|
|
|
|
|
milliseconds, but this may vary.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that on Microsoft Windows, calling this function sets the
|
|
|
|
|
cursor flash time for all windows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa cursorFlashTime()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
void TQApplication::setCursorFlashTime( int msecs )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
cursor_flash_time = msecs;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the text cursor's flash (blink) time in milliseconds. The
|
|
|
|
|
flash time is the time required to display, invert and restore the
|
|
|
|
|
caret display.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default value on X11 is 1000 milliseconds. On Windows, the
|
|
|
|
|
control panel value is used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Widgets should not cache this value since it may be changed at any
|
|
|
|
|
time by the user changing the global desktop settings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setCursorFlashTime()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
int TQApplication::cursorFlashTime()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return cursor_flash_time;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
Sets the time limit that distinguishes a double click from two
|
|
|
|
|
consecutive mouse clicks to \a ms milliseconds.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that on Microsoft Windows, calling this function sets the
|
|
|
|
|
double click interval for all windows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa doubleClickInterval()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQApplication::setDoubleClickInterval( int ms )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
mouse_double_click_time = ms;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the maximum duration for a double click.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default value on X11 is 400 milliseconds. On Windows, the
|
|
|
|
|
control panel value is used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setDoubleClickInterval()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQApplication::doubleClickInterval()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return mouse_double_click_time;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
Sets the number of lines to scroll when the mouse wheel is rotated
|
|
|
|
|
to \a n.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If this number exceeds the number of visible lines in a certain
|
|
|
|
|
widget, the widget should interpret the scroll operation as a
|
|
|
|
|
single page up / page down operation instead.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa wheelScrollLines()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
void TQApplication::setWheelScrollLines( int n )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
wheel_scroll_lines = n;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of lines to scroll when the mouse wheel is
|
|
|
|
|
rotated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setWheelScrollLines()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
int TQApplication::wheelScrollLines()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return wheel_scroll_lines;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
Enables the UI effect \a effect if \a enable is TRUE, otherwise
|
|
|
|
|
the effect will not be used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: All effects are disabled on screens running at less than
|
|
|
|
|
16-bit color depth.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isEffectEnabled(), TQt::UIEffect, setDesktopSettingsAware()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
void TQApplication::setEffectEnabled( TQt::UIEffect effect, bool enable )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
switch (effect) {
|
|
|
|
|
case UI_AnimateMenu:
|
|
|
|
|
if ( enable ) fade_menu = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
animate_menu = enable;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case UI_FadeMenu:
|
|
|
|
|
if ( enable )
|
|
|
|
|
animate_menu = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
fade_menu = enable;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case UI_AnimateCombo:
|
|
|
|
|
animate_combo = enable;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case UI_AnimateTooltip:
|
|
|
|
|
if ( enable ) fade_tooltip = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
animate_tooltip = enable;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case UI_FadeTooltip:
|
|
|
|
|
if ( enable )
|
|
|
|
|
animate_tooltip = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
fade_tooltip = enable;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case UI_AnimateToolBox:
|
|
|
|
|
animate_toolbox = enable;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
animate_ui = enable;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if \a effect is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default, TQt will try to use the desktop settings. Call
|
|
|
|
|
setDesktopSettingsAware(FALSE) to prevent this.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: All effects are disabled on screens running at less than
|
|
|
|
|
16-bit color depth.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setEffectEnabled(), TQt::UIEffect
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQApplication::isEffectEnabled( TQt::UIEffect effect )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( TQColor::numBitPlanes() < 16 || !animate_ui )
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch( effect ) {
|
|
|
|
|
case UI_AnimateMenu:
|
|
|
|
|
return animate_menu;
|
|
|
|
|
case UI_FadeMenu:
|
|
|
|
|
return fade_menu;
|
|
|
|
|
case UI_AnimateCombo:
|
|
|
|
|
return animate_combo;
|
|
|
|
|
case UI_AnimateTooltip:
|
|
|
|
|
return animate_tooltip;
|
|
|
|
|
case UI_FadeTooltip:
|
|
|
|
|
return fade_tooltip;
|
|
|
|
|
case UI_AnimateToolBox:
|
|
|
|
|
return animate_toolbox;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
return animate_ui;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|
Session management support
|
|
|
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TQT_NO_SM_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <X11/SM/SMlib.h>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
class TQSessionManagerData
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
|
TQSessionManagerData( TQSessionManager* mgr, TQString& id, TQString& key )
|
|
|
|
|
: sm( mgr ), sessionId( id ), sessionKey( key ) {}
|
|
|
|
|
TQSessionManager* sm;
|
|
|
|
|
TQStringList restartCommand;
|
|
|
|
|
TQStringList discardCommand;
|
|
|
|
|
TQString& sessionId;
|
|
|
|
|
TQString& sessionKey;
|
|
|
|
|
TQSessionManager::RestartHint restartHint;
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
class TQSmSocketReceiver : public TQObject
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_OBJECT
|
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
|
TQSmSocketReceiver( int socket )
|
|
|
|
|
: TQObject(0,0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
TQSocketNotifier* sn = new TQSocketNotifier( socket, TQSocketNotifier::Read, this );
|
|
|
|
|
connect( sn, TQ_SIGNAL( activated(int) ), this, TQ_SLOT( socketActivated(int) ) );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
public slots:
|
|
|
|
|
void socketActivated(int);
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static SmcConn smcConnection = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
static bool sm_interactionActive;
|
|
|
|
|
static bool sm_smActive;
|
|
|
|
|
static int sm_interactStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
static int sm_saveType;
|
|
|
|
|
static bool sm_cancel;
|
|
|
|
|
// static bool sm_waitingForPhase2; ### never used?!?
|
|
|
|
|
static bool sm_waitingForInteraction;
|
|
|
|
|
static bool sm_isshutdown;
|
|
|
|
|
// static bool sm_shouldbefast; ### never used?!?
|
|
|
|
|
static bool sm_phase2;
|
|
|
|
|
static bool sm_in_phase2;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static TQSmSocketReceiver* sm_receiver = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void resetSmState();
|
|
|
|
|
static void sm_setProperty( const char* name, const char* type,
|
|
|
|
|
int num_vals, SmPropValue* vals);
|
|
|
|
|
static void sm_saveYourselfCallback( SmcConn smcConn, SmPointer clientData,
|
|
|
|
|
int saveType, Bool shutdown , int interactStyle, Bool fast);
|
|
|
|
|
static void sm_saveYourselfPhase2Callback( SmcConn smcConn, SmPointer clientData ) ;
|
|
|
|
|
static void sm_dieCallback( SmcConn smcConn, SmPointer clientData ) ;
|
|
|
|
|
static void sm_shutdownCancelledCallback( SmcConn smcConn, SmPointer clientData );
|
|
|
|
|
static void sm_saveCompleteCallback( SmcConn smcConn, SmPointer clientData );
|
|
|
|
|
static void sm_interactCallback( SmcConn smcConn, SmPointer clientData );
|
|
|
|
|
static void sm_performSaveYourself( TQSessionManagerData* );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void resetSmState()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
// sm_waitingForPhase2 = FALSE; ### never used?!?
|
|
|
|
|
sm_waitingForInteraction = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
sm_interactionActive = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
sm_interactStyle = SmInteractStyleNone;
|
|
|
|
|
sm_smActive = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
sm_blockUserInput = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
sm_isshutdown = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
// sm_shouldbefast = FALSE; ### never used?!?
|
|
|
|
|
sm_phase2 = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
sm_in_phase2 = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// theoretically it's possible to set several properties at once. For
|
|
|
|
|
// simplicity, however, we do just one property at a time
|
|
|
|
|
static void sm_setProperty( const char* name, const char* type,
|
|
|
|
|
int num_vals, SmPropValue* vals)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (num_vals ) {
|
|
|
|
|
SmProp prop;
|
|
|
|
|
prop.name = (char*)name;
|
|
|
|
|
prop.type = (char*)type;
|
|
|
|
|
prop.num_vals = num_vals;
|
|
|
|
|
prop.vals = vals;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SmProp* props[1];
|
|
|
|
|
props[0] = ∝
|
|
|
|
|
SmcSetProperties( smcConnection, 1, props );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
|
char* names[1];
|
|
|
|
|
names[0] = (char*) name;
|
|
|
|
|
SmcDeleteProperties( smcConnection, 1, names );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void sm_setProperty( const TQString& name, const TQString& value)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
SmPropValue prop;
|
|
|
|
|
prop.length = value.length();
|
|
|
|
|
prop.value = (SmPointer) value.latin1();
|
|
|
|
|
sm_setProperty( name.latin1(), SmARRAY8, 1, &prop );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void sm_setProperty( const TQString& name, const TQStringList& value)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
SmPropValue *prop = new SmPropValue[ value.count() ];
|
|
|
|
|
int count = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
for ( TQStringList::ConstIterator it = value.begin(); it != value.end(); ++it ) {
|
|
|
|
|
prop[ count ].length = (*it).length();
|
|
|
|
|
prop[ count ].value = (char*)(*it).latin1();
|
|
|
|
|
++count;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
sm_setProperty( name.latin1(), SmLISTofARRAY8, count, prop );
|
|
|
|
|
delete [] prop;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// workaround for broken libsm, see below
|
|
|
|
|
struct QT_smcConn {
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int save_yourself_in_progress : 1;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int shutdown_in_progress : 1;
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void sm_saveYourselfCallback( SmcConn smcConn, SmPointer clientData,
|
|
|
|
|
int saveType, Bool shutdown , int interactStyle, Bool /*fast*/)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (smcConn != smcConnection )
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
sm_cancel = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
sm_smActive = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
sm_isshutdown = shutdown;
|
|
|
|
|
sm_saveType = saveType;
|
|
|
|
|
sm_interactStyle = interactStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
// sm_shouldbefast = fast; ### never used?!?
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ugly workaround for broken libSM. libSM should do that _before_
|
|
|
|
|
// actually invoking the callback in sm_process.c
|
|
|
|
|
( (QT_smcConn*)smcConn )->save_yourself_in_progress = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sm_isshutdown )
|
|
|
|
|
( (QT_smcConn*)smcConn )->shutdown_in_progress = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sm_performSaveYourself( (TQSessionManagerData*) clientData );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !sm_isshutdown ) // we cannot expect a confirmation message in that case
|
|
|
|
|
resetSmState();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void sm_performSaveYourself( TQSessionManagerData* smd )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sm_isshutdown )
|
|
|
|
|
sm_blockUserInput = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQSessionManager* sm = smd->sm;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// generate a new session key
|
|
|
|
|
timeval tv;
|
|
|
|
|
gettimeofday( &tv, 0 );
|
|
|
|
|
smd->sessionKey = TQString::number( tv.tv_sec ) + "_" + TQString::number(tv.tv_usec);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// tell the session manager about our program in best POSIX style
|
|
|
|
|
sm_setProperty( SmProgram, TQString( tqApp->argv()[0] ) );
|
|
|
|
|
// tell the session manager about our user as well.
|
|
|
|
|
struct passwd* entry = getpwuid( geteuid() );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( entry )
|
|
|
|
|
sm_setProperty( SmUserID, TQString::fromLatin1( entry->pw_name ) );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// generate a restart and discard command that makes sense
|
|
|
|
|
TQStringList restart;
|
|
|
|
|
restart << tqApp->argv()[0] << "-session" << smd->sessionId + "_" + smd->sessionKey;
|
|
|
|
|
if (tqstricmp(tqAppName(), tqAppClass()) != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
restart << "-name" << tqAppName();
|
|
|
|
|
sm->setRestartCommand( restart );
|
|
|
|
|
TQStringList discard;
|
|
|
|
|
sm->setDiscardCommand( discard );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch ( sm_saveType ) {
|
|
|
|
|
case SmSaveBoth:
|
|
|
|
|
tqApp->commitData( *sm );
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sm_isshutdown && sm_cancel)
|
|
|
|
|
break; // we cancelled the shutdown, no need to save state
|
|
|
|
|
// fall through
|
|
|
|
|
case SmSaveLocal:
|
|
|
|
|
tqApp->saveState( *sm );
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case SmSaveGlobal:
|
|
|
|
|
tqApp->commitData( *sm );
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sm_phase2 && !sm_in_phase2 ) {
|
|
|
|
|
SmcRequestSaveYourselfPhase2( smcConnection, sm_saveYourselfPhase2Callback, (SmPointer*) smd );
|
|
|
|
|
sm_blockUserInput = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
|
// close eventual interaction monitors and cancel the
|
|
|
|
|
// shutdown, if required. Note that we can only cancel when
|
|
|
|
|
// performing a shutdown, it does not work for checkpoints
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sm_interactionActive ) {
|
|
|
|
|
SmcInteractDone( smcConnection, sm_isshutdown && sm_cancel);
|
|
|
|
|
sm_interactionActive = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if ( sm_cancel && sm_isshutdown ) {
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sm->allowsErrorInteraction() ) {
|
|
|
|
|
SmcInteractDone( smcConnection, True );
|
|
|
|
|
sm_interactionActive = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// set restart and discard command in session manager
|
|
|
|
|
sm_setProperty( SmRestartCommand, sm->restartCommand() );
|
|
|
|
|
sm_setProperty( SmDiscardCommand, sm->discardCommand() );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// set the restart hint
|
|
|
|
|
SmPropValue prop;
|
|
|
|
|
prop.length = sizeof( int );
|
|
|
|
|
int value = sm->restartHint();
|
|
|
|
|
prop.value = (SmPointer) &value;
|
|
|
|
|
sm_setProperty( SmRestartStyleHint, SmCARD8, 1, &prop );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// we are done
|
|
|
|
|
SmcSaveYourselfDone( smcConnection, !sm_cancel );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void sm_dieCallback( SmcConn smcConn, SmPointer /* clientData */)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (smcConn != smcConnection )
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
resetSmState();
|
|
|
|
|
TQEvent quitEvent(TQEvent::Quit);
|
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendEvent(tqApp, &quitEvent);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void sm_shutdownCancelledCallback( SmcConn smcConn, SmPointer /* clientData */)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (smcConn != smcConnection )
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sm_waitingForInteraction )
|
|
|
|
|
tqApp->exit_loop();
|
|
|
|
|
resetSmState();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void sm_saveCompleteCallback( SmcConn smcConn, SmPointer /*clientData */)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (smcConn != smcConnection )
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
resetSmState();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void sm_interactCallback( SmcConn smcConn, SmPointer /* clientData */ )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (smcConn != smcConnection )
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sm_waitingForInteraction )
|
|
|
|
|
tqApp->exit_loop();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void sm_saveYourselfPhase2Callback( SmcConn smcConn, SmPointer clientData )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (smcConn != smcConnection )
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
sm_in_phase2 = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
sm_performSaveYourself( (TQSessionManagerData*) clientData );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQSmSocketReceiver::socketActivated(int)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
IceProcessMessages( SmcGetIceConnection( smcConnection ), 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#undef Bool
|
|
|
|
|
#include "qapplication_x11.moc"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQSessionManager::TQSessionManager( TQApplication * app, TQString &id, TQString& key )
|
|
|
|
|
: TQObject( app, "session manager" )
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
d = new TQSessionManagerData( this, id, key );
|
|
|
|
|
d->restartHint = RestartIfRunning;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
resetSmState();
|
|
|
|
|
char cerror[256];
|
|
|
|
|
char* myId = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
char* prevId = (char*)id.latin1(); // we know what we are doing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SmcCallbacks cb;
|
|
|
|
|
cb.save_yourself.callback = sm_saveYourselfCallback;
|
|
|
|
|
cb.save_yourself.client_data = (SmPointer) d;
|
|
|
|
|
cb.die.callback = sm_dieCallback;
|
|
|
|
|
cb.die.client_data = (SmPointer) d;
|
|
|
|
|
cb.save_complete.callback = sm_saveCompleteCallback;
|
|
|
|
|
cb.save_complete.client_data = (SmPointer) d;
|
|
|
|
|
cb.shutdown_cancelled.callback = sm_shutdownCancelledCallback;
|
|
|
|
|
cb.shutdown_cancelled.client_data = (SmPointer) d;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// avoid showing a warning message below
|
|
|
|
|
const char* session_manager = getenv("SESSION_MANAGER");
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !session_manager || !session_manager[0] )
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
smcConnection = SmcOpenConnection( 0, 0, 1, 0,
|
|
|
|
|
SmcSaveYourselfProcMask |
|
|
|
|
|
SmcDieProcMask |
|
|
|
|
|
SmcSaveCompleteProcMask |
|
|
|
|
|
SmcShutdownCancelledProcMask,
|
|
|
|
|
&cb,
|
|
|
|
|
prevId,
|
|
|
|
|
&myId,
|
|
|
|
|
256, cerror );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
id = TQString::fromLatin1( myId );
|
|
|
|
|
::free( myId ); // it was allocated by C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString error = cerror;
|
|
|
|
|
if (!smcConnection ) {
|
|
|
|
|
tqWarning("Session management error: %s", error.latin1() );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
|
sm_receiver = new TQSmSocketReceiver( IceConnectionNumber( SmcGetIceConnection( smcConnection ) ) );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQSessionManager::~TQSessionManager()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( smcConnection )
|
|
|
|
|
SmcCloseConnection( smcConnection, 0, 0 );
|
|
|
|
|
smcConnection = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
delete sm_receiver;
|
|
|
|
|
delete d;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString TQSessionManager::sessionId() const
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return d->sessionId;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString TQSessionManager::sessionKey() const
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return d->sessionKey;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void* TQSessionManager::handle() const
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return (void*) smcConnection;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQSessionManager::allowsInteraction()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sm_interactionActive )
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sm_waitingForInteraction )
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sm_interactStyle == SmInteractStyleAny ) {
|
|
|
|
|
sm_waitingForInteraction = SmcInteractRequest( smcConnection, SmDialogNormal,
|
|
|
|
|
sm_interactCallback, (SmPointer*) this );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sm_waitingForInteraction ) {
|
|
|
|
|
tqApp->enter_loop();
|
|
|
|
|
sm_waitingForInteraction = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sm_smActive ) { // not cancelled
|
|
|
|
|
sm_interactionActive = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
sm_blockUserInput = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sm_interactionActive )
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sm_waitingForInteraction )
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sm_interactStyle == SmInteractStyleAny || sm_interactStyle == SmInteractStyleErrors ) {
|
|
|
|
|
sm_waitingForInteraction = SmcInteractRequest( smcConnection, SmDialogError,
|
|
|
|
|
sm_interactCallback, (SmPointer*) this );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sm_waitingForInteraction ) {
|
|
|
|
|
tqApp->enter_loop();
|
|
|
|
|
sm_waitingForInteraction = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sm_smActive ) { // not cancelled
|
|
|
|
|
sm_interactionActive = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
sm_blockUserInput = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQSessionManager::release()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sm_interactionActive ) {
|
|
|
|
|
SmcInteractDone( smcConnection, False );
|
|
|
|
|
sm_interactionActive = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sm_smActive && sm_isshutdown )
|
|
|
|
|
sm_blockUserInput = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQSessionManager::cancel()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
sm_cancel = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQSessionManager::setRestartHint( TQSessionManager::RestartHint hint)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
d->restartHint = hint;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQSessionManager::RestartHint TQSessionManager::restartHint() const
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return d->restartHint;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQSessionManager::setRestartCommand( const TQStringList& command)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
d->restartCommand = command;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQStringList TQSessionManager::restartCommand() const
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return d->restartCommand;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQSessionManager::setDiscardCommand( const TQStringList& command)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
d->discardCommand = command;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQStringList TQSessionManager::discardCommand() const
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return d->discardCommand;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQSessionManager::setManagerProperty( const TQString& name, const TQString& value)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
SmPropValue prop;
|
|
|
|
|
prop.length = value.length();
|
|
|
|
|
prop.value = (SmPointer) value.utf8().data();
|
|
|
|
|
sm_setProperty( name.latin1(), SmARRAY8, 1, &prop );
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQSessionManager::setManagerProperty( const TQString& name, const TQStringList& value)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
SmPropValue *prop = new SmPropValue[ value.count() ];
|
|
|
|
|
int count = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
for ( TQStringList::ConstIterator it = value.begin(); it != value.end(); ++it ) {
|
|
|
|
|
prop[ count ].length = (*it).length();
|
|
|
|
|
prop[ count ].value = (char*)(*it).utf8().data();
|
|
|
|
|
++count;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
sm_setProperty( name.latin1(), SmLISTofARRAY8, count, prop );
|
|
|
|
|
delete [] prop;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQSessionManager::isPhase2() const
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return sm_in_phase2;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQSessionManager::requestPhase2()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
sm_phase2 = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // TQT_NO_SM_SUPPORT
|